Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

placed+upon

Толкование Перевод

81 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
82 place

pleɪs
1. сущ.
1) а) место to give place to ≈ уступить место( кому-л.) to take the place of ≈ занять( чье-л.) место, заместить( кого-л.) Syn: site б) сиденье, место ( в автомобиле, за столом и т. п.) to engage places, secure places ≈ заказать билеты в) место в книге, страница, отрывок, пассаж
2) а) площадь (часто в названиях, напр., Gloucester Place) б) жилище, усадьба, загородный дом;
резиденция Come down to my place tonight. ≈ Приходи ко мне сегодня вечером. summer place ≈ летняя резиденция в) город, местечко, селение What place do you come from? ≈ Откуда вы родом?
3) а) должность, место, положение, служба б) спорт одно из первых мест (в состязании) to get a place ≈ прийти к финишу в числе первых
4) горн. забой
5) мат. разряд после десятичной точки calculated to six decimal places ≈ с точностью до шестой цифры после запятой ∙ another place ≈ палата лордов in the first place ≈ во-первых in the second place ≈ во-вторых in the next place ≈ затем
2. гл.
1) а) помещать, размещать;
класть, ставить The notice was placed above the door, and I didn't see it. ≈ Объявление было приклеено над дверью, так что я его не заметил. б) помещать, отдавать, посылать( куда-л.) Your suggestion will be placed before the board of directors at their next meeting. ≈ Ваше предложение будет рассмотрено на следующем заседаниии советам директоров. We must make sure to place the children in the right school. ≈ Надо позаботиться о том, чтобы отдать детей в хорошую школу. в) помещать, вкладывать деньги, капитал;
делать, размещать заказ I wish to place some money in this bank. ≈ Я хочу вложить деньги в этот банк. place a call г) возлагать (надежду, ответственность и т. п.) Why are you trying to place the blame on me? ≈ Почему ты пытаешься свалить вину на меня?
2) а) определять на должность, устраивать;
занять (какое-л.) место Who has been placed in charge during the director's absence? ≈ Кого назначили замещать директора в его отсутствие? б) спорт присудить одно из первых мест в) находиться в определенном положении;
поставить в определенное положение What an awkward position I'm now placed in! ≈ В каком же глупом положении я сейчас оказался!
3) а) считать, причислять;
оценивать б) прикидывать, определять примерно (местоположение, дату и т. д.), соотносить( что-л. с чем-л.) I placed her age at
33. ≈ Я бы дал ей 33 года.
4) продавать, сбывать (товар и т. п.) ∙ place aside place back place before place out Syn: happen to place one's cards on the table ≈ раскрыть свои карты to place a construction on ≈ по-своему понимать, интерпретировать Make sure that you don't place the wrong construction on his remark. ≈ Будьте внимательны, чтобы не понять его превратно. to place smth. on one side ≈ отложить to place in jeopardy ≈ поставить под угрозу to place oneself in smb.'s position/shoes ≈ поставить кого-л. на чье-л. место Place yourself in my position, and then perhaps you'll stop complaining. ≈ Станьте на мое место и тогда вы перестанете жаловаться. to place a call to ≈ заказать разговор по телефону место - some * где-то - some *, some time где-нибудь, когда-нибудь - starting * (спортивное) центральный круг - jumping * (спортивное) сектор для прыжков - landing * (спортивное) место соскока;
(авиация) место приземления - turnback * место поворота (велоспорт) - reporting * (спортивное) место сбора спортсменов - I can't be at two *s at once я не могу быть в двух местах одновременно - this would be a good * for us to picnic это хорошее место для пикника место, город, местечко;
(населенный) пункт - holy *s святые места - from * to * с места на место - to move from * to * переезжать с места на место - to come to a * прибыть в какой-л. пункт /куда-л./ - it is a quiet * это тихое местечко /-ий городок/ - London is a noisy * Лондон - шумный город - Bath is a very hot * in summer летом в Бате очень жарко - N. is a great * for oysters в N. отлично ловятся устрицы - what * do you come from? откуда вы родом? - * of arrival место прибытия место, точка на поверхности;
участок - a wet * on the floor мокрое пятно на полу - a rough * on the road скверный участок дороги - bad /raw, tender, sore/ * больное место, болячка - show me the sore * on your arm покажите, где /в каком месте/ у вас болит рука обычное, привычное, отведенное место - in * на месте;
уместный - everything in its * все на месте - to put a book (back) in its * поставить книгу на место - to put smth. in the wrong * поставить /положить/ что-л. не на место - he would be very much in * as a journalist ему бы очень подошло быть журналистом - the proposal is not quite in * это предложение не совсем уместно - out of * не на месте;
неуместный - the book is out of (its) place книга не на (своем) месте - to look (sadly) out of * быть удивительно неуместным /неподходящим/ - remark out of * неуместное замечание - familiarity is quite out of * фамильярность здесь совсем неуместна - to give * to smb., smth. уступить место кому-л., чему-л. - his anger gave * to a feeling of pity его гнев уступил место жалости - to take the * of smth. заменить что-л. - electricity took the * of candles на смену свечам пришло электричество сиденье, место (в классе, за столом, в поезде и т. п.) - to book /to engage, to secure/ *s заказать билеты - to change *s with smb. обменяться с кем-л. местами - go back to your * садитесь на свое место - there is no * for you для вас нет места - would you like to take my *? не хотите ли сесть на мое место? - six *s were laid стол был накрыт на шесть персон место в книге;
страница;
отрывок - to find one's * найти нужное место в книге - put smth. to mark the * заложите чем-л. это место - the author repeats that in another * автор повторяет это в другом месте - I've lost my * я не помню, до какого места я дочитал /где я остановился/ место, пространство - * and time пространство и время - you must find * for this bookcase вы должны найти место для этого книжного шкафа - fear can have no * in his heart в его сердце нет места страху существенное место;
важная роль - sports never had a * in his life спорт никогда не занимал важного места в его жизни подходящий момент, ситуация - this isn't a * to talk about one's private affairs здесь не место обсуждать свои личные дела (P.) в названиях: площадь;
небольшая улица, тупик;
имение - Woburn P. Уоборн-плейс - Penhurst P. имение /усадьба/ Пенхерст здание, помещение, место и т. п. специального назначения - * of amusement место развлечений - * of residence место жительства - * of business контора - * of resort место отдыха - * of worship молитвенный дом - * of joining (военное) призывной пункт - public * общественное здание, учреждение и т. п. дом, жилище - come round to my * tonight заходите ко мне вечерком - you can all come and lunch at our * вы все можете у нас позавтракать - all over the * везде, по всему дому - he leaves his things all over the * он разбрасывает свои вещи по всей квартире - they are looking for you all over the * вас ищут по всему дому имение, загородный дом - he has a * in Hempshire у него имение в Гемпшире - he has a nice little * in the country у него хорошенький загородный домик( устаревшее) укрепление должность, место, служба - out of a * безработный - a * at court придворная должность - the * of President должность президента - to take smb.'s * заменять кого-л.;
занять чье-л. место - to fill smb.'s * заменять кого-л. - he has got a * in the Custom House он получил место на таможне - he worked ten years in his last * на последнем месте он проработал десять лет - has he got a * yet? нашел ли он себе работу /место/? высокая государственная должность;
ответственная должность, высокий пост - hunting after *s погоня за должностями членство, участие( в спортивной команде) - a * in the Oxford boat участие /членство/ в гребной команде Оксфордского университета (тк. в ед. ч.) дело, право, обязанность - it is not my * to corret his errors не мое дело исправлять его ошибки положение, статус - high *s высший свет - to attain a high * достичь высокого положения - to know /to keep/ one's * знать свое место - to put smb. in his (proper) * поставить кого-л. на место - his * among physicists is in the front rank он занимает видное место среди физиков - his name has taken its * /has found a */ in history его имя вошло в историю (спортивное) второе или третье призовое место (американизм) второе место (на скачках) (горное) забой, выработка (математика) разряд - decimal * разряд десятичной дроби - to calculate to five decimal *s вычислить с точностью до одной стотысячной (астрономия) местонахождение( небесного тела) > another * (парламентское) палата лордов > in * of вместо > in the first * во-первых;
прежде всего;
первым делом;
вообще > he shouldn't be here in the first * ему вообще здесь делать нечего > in the second * во-вторых > in the next * затем > to take * случаться, иметь место > changes have taken * произошли изменения > it took * ten years ago это случилось десять лет тому назад > the marriage will not take * этот брак не состоится > to have /to find/ * иметь место > to go *s достичь успеха > to have a soft * in one's heart for smb. питать к кому-л. слабость > the place where you cough уборная, туалет > one's * in the sun место под солнцем > there is no * like home в гостях хорошо, а дома лучше ставить, помещать;
размещать - to * a cake in the oven поставить пирог в духовку - to * a board edgeways поставить доску на ребро - to * sentries расставить часовых - to * in the clearest light полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.) - to * in jeopardy поставить под угрозу - to * no restrictions on smth. не устанавливать каких-л. ограничений на что-л. - to * a question on the agenda поставить вопрос на повестку дня - to * on /in/ orbit выводить на орбиту;
(военное) размещать на орбите - to * the bar (спортивное) установить планку (для прыжков) - to * a seal to a document приложить печать к документу - to * in inverted commas поставить в кавычки - to * down the weight опустить штангу (тяжелая атлетика) - to * oneself on all fours переходить в партер (борьба) - to * on the defensive( военное) вынуждать( противника) перейти к обороне помещать, отдавать (куда-л.) - to * a child under smb.'s care отдать ребенка на чье-л. попечение - to * a child for adoption отдать ребенка на усыновление - to * in reserve( военное) выделять в резерв - to * smb., smth. in /at/ smb.'s service отдать /выделить/ кого-л., что-л. в чье-л. распоряжение - he *d his car in our service он отдал /предоставил/ свой автомобиль в наше распоряжение - to * oneself under smb.'s orders поступить в чье-л. распоряжение - to * a matter in smb.'s hands отдать дело в чьи-л. руки - I * my fate in your hands я отдаю свою судьбу в ваши руки - to * under the command (of) (военное) подчинять, передавать в подчинение определять на должность;
ставить на приход( священника) - to * smb. in an office устроить кого-л. в учреждение - to * smb. in a good situation устроить кого-л. на хорошую должность - to * smb. in command поставить кого-л. во главе - I am placing you in charge вы будете старшим - he has been *d at the head of the department его поставили во главе /начальником/ отдела помещать, вкладывать деньги (тж. * out) - to * one's money to the best advantage наилучшим образом поместить свои деньги - to * an amount to smb.'s credit положить сумму на чей-л. счет делать, помещать заказ - to * an order with smb. for goods поместить заказ у кого-л. /у какой-л. фирмы/ на какие-л. товары - to * a call (американизм) заказать разговор по телефону - the French Government *d orders in England французское правительство поместило заказы в Англии договориться об издании книги, постановке пьесы и т. п. - to * a play пристроить пьесу - he *d his book with a publisher он договорился об издании своей книги продавать товары, акации - difficult to * плохо продается, плохо идет (in, on) возлагать (надежды и т. п.) - to * importance on smth. придавать значение чему-л. - to * pressure on /upon/ smb. оказывать давление на кого-л. - to * confidence in /reliance upon/ smb. довериться кому-л. - no confidence could be *d in any of the twelve judges из двенадцати судей нельзя было верить ни одному определять местоположение или дату;
соотносить (с чем-л.) - to try to * the spot where Caesar landed пытаться определить то место, где высадился Цезарь - to * a manuscript датировать рукопись - the manuscript is *d not later than the tenth century установлено, что рукопись относится к десятому веку, не позже - I know his face but I cannot * him мне знакомо его лицо, но я не могу вспомнить, где я его видел /кто он такой и т. п./ - he could not * her particular peculiarities of pronunciation он не мог установить, в чем особенности ее произношения - he is a difficult man to * трудно определить, что он из себя представляет считать, причислять;
оценивать - as a poet I * him among the first как поэта я считаю его одним из первых (спортивное) определять занятые места в соревновании (спортивное) присудить второе или третье призовое место (американизм) (спортивное) присудить второе место (на скачках) занять (какое-л.) место (на конкурсе, выборах и т. п.) - he campaigned for 10 weeks and * fifth он проводил предвыборную кампанию десять недель и вышел на пятое место pass занимать определенное положение - to be well *d занимать хорошее положение находиться в определенном положении - to be awkwardly *d находиться в неудобном положении - I explained to him how I was *d я объяснил ему, в каком я нахожусь положении, я объяснил ему ситуацию (американизм) (разговорное) повысить голос( в разговоре, пении) > to * a construction on smth., smb. по-своему понимать, интепретировать что-л., кого-л. > what construction am I to * on that? как прикажете это понимать? > to * one's cards on the table раскрыть свои карты ~ спорт. присудить одно из первых мест;
to be placed прийти к финишу в числе первых трех burial ~ место захоронения place мат.: calculated to five decimal places с точностью до одной стотысячной ~ жилище;
усадьба;
загородный дом;
резиденция;
summer place летняя резиденция;
come down to my place tonight приходи ко мне сегодня вечером ~ сиденье, место (в экипаже, за столом и т. п.) ;
six places were laid стол был накрыт на шесть приборов;
to engage (или to secure) places заказать билеты free ~ свободное место ~ спорт. одно из первых мест (в состязании) ;
to get a place прийти к финишу в числе первых ~ место;
to give place (to smb.) уступить место (кому-л.) ;
to take the place( of smb.) занять (чье-л.) место, заместить (кого-л.) in ~ на месте in ~ уместный ~ горн. забой;
in place of вместо;
in the first (in the second) place вопервых (во-вторых) ;
in the next place затем ~ горн. забой;
in place of вместо;
in the first (in the second) place вопервых (во-вторых) ;
in the next place затем to keep (smb.) in his ~ не давать (кому-л.) зазнаваться;
to take place случаться, иметь место ~ положение, должность, место, служба;
to know one's place знать свое место;
out of place безработный ~ положение, должность, место, служба;
to know one's place знать свое место;
out of place безработный out of ~ не на месте out of ~ неуместный parking ~ место для стоянки place мат.: calculated to five decimal places с точностью до одной стотысячной ~ возлагать (надежды и т. п.) ;
to place confidence (in smb.) довериться (кому-л.) ~ выпускать на рынок ~ город, местечко, селение;
what place do you come from? откуда вы родом? ~ город ~ делать заказ;
to place a call амер. заказать разговор по телефону ~ жилище;
усадьба;
загородный дом;
резиденция;
summer place летняя резиденция;
come down to my place tonight приходи ко мне сегодня вечером ~ жилище ~ горн. забой;
in place of вместо;
in the first (in the second) place вопервых (во-вторых) ;
in the next place затем ~ спорт. занять одно из призовых мест ~ класть деньги на счет ~ кредитовать ~ место;
to give place (to smb.) уступить место (кому-л.) ;
to take the place (of smb.) занять (чье-л.) место, заместить (кого-л.) ~ место ~ место в книге, страница, отрывок ~ населенный пункт ~ спорт. одно из первых мест (в состязании) ;
to get a place прийти к финишу в числе первых ~ определять место, положение, дату;
относить к определенным обстоятельствам ~ определять на должность ~ площадь (в названиях, напр., Gloucester P.) ~ положение, должность, место, служба;
to know one's place знать свое место;
out of place безработный ~ помещать, размещать;
ставить, класть;
to place in the clearest light полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.) ~ помещать ~ помещать деньги, капитал ~ помещать на должность, устраивать ~ спорт. присудить одно из первых мест;
to be placed прийти к финишу в числе первых трех ~ продавать вновь выпущенные ценные бумаги ~ размещать денежные средства ~ размещать ценные бумаги ~ сбывать (товар) ~ сиденье, место (в экипаже, за столом и т. п.) ;
six places were laid стол был накрыт на шесть приборов;
to engage (или to secure) places заказать билеты ~ делать заказ;
to place a call амер. заказать разговор по телефону ~ возлагать (надежды и т. п.) ;
to place confidence (in smb.) довериться (кому-л.) ~ in bond размещать облигации на рынке ~ in solitary confinement подвергать одиночному заключению ~ in solitary confinement помещать в одиночную камеру ~ помещать, размещать;
ставить, класть;
to place in the clearest light полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.) ~ of arms воен. плацдарм ~ of arrival пункт прибытия ~ of birth место рождения ~ of business местонахождение предприятия ~ of business местонахождение фирмы ~ of death место смерти ~ of disembarkation место выгрузки ~ of disembarkation место высадки ~ of domicile постоянное место жительства ~ of embarkation место погрузки ~ of embarkation место посадки ~ of employment место работы ~ of employment место службы ~ of entertainment увеселительное заведение ~ of insurance место страхования ~ of issue место выпуска ~ of operation место деятельности ~ of payment место платежа ~ of performance место деятельности ~ of performance местонахождение фирмы ~ of performance of contract место исполнения договора ~ of redemption место погашения ~ of registration место регистрации ~ of residence место жительства ~ of settlement место заключения сделки ~ of shipment место погрузки ~ of signature место подписи ~ of work место работы ~ on equal footing ставить в равные условия ~ on register вносить в список ~ on register регистрировать ~ to account вносить на счет public ~ государственная должность scrolling to distant ~ вчт. прокрутка до нужного места ~ сиденье, место (в экипаже, за столом и т. п.) ;
six places were laid стол был накрыт на шесть приборов;
to engage (или to secure) places заказать билеты ~ жилище;
усадьба;
загородный дом;
резиденция;
summer place летняя резиденция;
come down to my place tonight приходи ко мне сегодня вечером to keep (smb.) in his ~ не давать (кому-л.) зазнаваться;
to take place случаться, иметь место take ~ происходить take ~ случаться take: to ~ place случаться;
to take shelter укрыться;
to take a shot выстрелить ~ место;
to give place (to smb.) уступить место (кому-л.) ;
to take the place (of smb.) занять (чье-л.) место, заместить (кого-л.) there is no ~ like home = в гостях хорошо, а дома лучше;
another place парл. палата лордов training ~ место обучения training ~ место прохождения практики ~ город, местечко, селение;
what place do you come from? откуда вы родом?

Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > place
83 posición

f.

1 position, exact position, bearing, location.

2 standing, reputation, status.

3 attitude, stand, position, stance.

4 position.

5 position, job, billet.

6 place, social standing.

7 situs.

* * *

posición

► nombre femenino

1 (postura, situación) position

2 (condición - económica) situation; (- social) status

* * *

noun f.

1) position

2) attitude

3) status

4) rating

* * *

SF

1) (=postura) position

mantener el frasco en posición vertical — keep the bottle in an upright position

estar en posición de firme — (Mil) to be at attention

estar en posición de guardia — to be on guard

posición del misionero — missionary position

2) (=lugar) position

la posición de los jugadores en el terreno de juego — the position of the players on the pitch

3) (=categoría) position, standing

disfrutan de una elevada posición social — they enjoy a high social position

4) (=punto de vista) position, stance

¿cuál es su posición en este conflicto? — what's your position o stance on this dispute?

5) [en competición, liga] place, position

ganó Alemania con Italia en segunda posición — Germany won, with Italy in second place o position

terminó en primera posición — he finished first o in first place

posiciones de honor — first three places, medal positions

perder posiciones — [en lucha, enfrentamiento] to lose ground

6) LAm (=puesto de trabajo) position, post

* * *

femenino

1)

a) (lugar, puesto) position

en (la) quinta posición... — he finished the race in fifth place...

b) (Mil) position

2)

a) ( situación) position

no estoy en posición de negociar — I'm in no position to negotiate

b) ( en la sociedad) social standing

gente de buena posición or de posición elevada — people of high social standing

es de una familia de posición desahogada — his family is comfortably off

3)

a) ( postura física) position

en posición vertical — in an upright position

b) ( actitud) position, stance

adoptar una posición intransigente — to take o adopt a tough stance

* * *

= attitude, character position, location, position, position, ranking, footing, stand, rank number, stance, standing, grading, mindshare.

Ex. One major hurdle remain before wider implementation can be expected user attitudes and acceptance of this physical form of catalogue and index.

Ex. The record length is the number of character positions in the record including the record label and the record separator.

Ex. Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.

Ex. He has held a variety of positions of increasing responsibility.

Ex. The directory is a finding list which lists for every field its tag, the number of characters in the field, and the starting character position of the field within the record.

Ex. Those documents with sufficiently high rankings will be deemed relevant and eventually retrieved.

Ex. Certain new factors have fertilized the ground for the rooting and growth of activity on a stronger and firmer footing than has ever been possible in the past.

Ex. The Midwinter Meeting of the American Library Association included various items of business such as: the ALA stand on UNESCO; a new dues schedule; grants; role of school librarians in ALA; new cataloguing tools; and standards.

Ex. The article is entitled 'Journal ranking: the issue of allotting rank numbers when there is a tie'.

Ex. It is precisely such programme arrangements which seemed, upon examination, to produce an equivocal stance on the question of applying the technology in a user-orientated way.

Ex. Their sheer institutional standing and regard have had a bearing upon the creation of a situation which is a good deal better than it might otherwise have been.

Ex. It is interesting that, in this case, socio-economic grading was a better social discriminator than was terminal educational age.

Ex. Libaries mindshare in this new self-service e-resource environment is also clear: behind newer entrants.

----

* alta posición = high estate.

* aprovecharse de + Posesivo + posición = take + advantage of + Posesivo + position.

* cambiar de posición = transpose, reposition [re-position].

* colocarse en la posición de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of.

* de posición intermedia = middle-ground.

* en la mejor posición = best-positioned.

* en posición correcta = the right way round.

* estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.

* estar en posición de = be in a position to.

* mantener la posición = hold + the line.

* ocupar la mejor posición para = be in the best position to, be best positioned to, be the best placed to.

* ocupar una posición = take + position, fill + niche, occupy + a niche.

* ocupar una posición de = be in position of.

* ocupar un posición = occupy + position.

* posición de comienzo = offset value.

* posición del loto, la = lotus position, the, padmasana.

* posición de poder = position power.

* posición de ventaja = high ground.

* posición elevada = high ground.

* posición estratégica = vantage point.

* posición geográfica = geolocation.

* posición incorrecta, en = wrong way round, the.

* posición inicial = lead position, starting position.

* posición intermedia = middle way.

* posición privilegiada = advantageous position.

* posición social = social standing.

* posición ventajosa = vantage point, high ground.

* primera posición = pole position, pole start.

* primera posición de salida = pole start, pole position.

* que ocupa la mejor posición = best-positioned.

* reconsiderar posición = reconsider + position.

* * *

femenino

1)

a) (lugar, puesto) position

en (la) quinta posición... — he finished the race in fifth place...

b) (Mil) position

2)

a) ( situación) position

no estoy en posición de negociar — I'm in no position to negotiate

b) ( en la sociedad) social standing

gente de buena posición or de posición elevada — people of high social standing

es de una familia de posición desahogada — his family is comfortably off

3)

a) ( postura física) position

en posición vertical — in an upright position

b) ( actitud) position, stance

adoptar una posición intransigente — to take o adopt a tough stance

* * *

= attitude, character position, location, position, position, ranking, footing, stand, rank number, stance, standing, grading, mindshare.

Ex: One major hurdle remain before wider implementation can be expected user attitudes and acceptance of this physical form of catalogue and index.

Ex: The record length is the number of character positions in the record including the record label and the record separator.

Ex: Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.

Ex: He has held a variety of positions of increasing responsibility.

Ex: The directory is a finding list which lists for every field its tag, the number of characters in the field, and the starting character position of the field within the record.

Ex: Those documents with sufficiently high rankings will be deemed relevant and eventually retrieved.

Ex: Certain new factors have fertilized the ground for the rooting and growth of activity on a stronger and firmer footing than has ever been possible in the past.

Ex: The Midwinter Meeting of the American Library Association included various items of business such as: the ALA stand on UNESCO; a new dues schedule; grants; role of school librarians in ALA; new cataloguing tools; and standards.

Ex: The article is entitled 'Journal ranking: the issue of allotting rank numbers when there is a tie'.

Ex: It is precisely such programme arrangements which seemed, upon examination, to produce an equivocal stance on the question of applying the technology in a user-orientated way.

Ex: Their sheer institutional standing and regard have had a bearing upon the creation of a situation which is a good deal better than it might otherwise have been.

Ex: It is interesting that, in this case, socio-economic grading was a better social discriminator than was terminal educational age.

Ex: Libaries mindshare in this new self-service e-resource environment is also clear: behind newer entrants.

* alta posición = high estate.

* aprovecharse de + Posesivo + posición = take + advantage of + Posesivo + position.

* cambiar de posición = transpose, reposition [re-position].

* colocarse en la posición de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of.

* de posición intermedia = middle-ground.

* en la mejor posición = best-positioned.

* en posición correcta = the right way round.

* estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.

* estar en posición de = be in a position to.

* mantener la posición = hold + the line.

* ocupar la mejor posición para = be in the best position to, be best positioned to, be the best placed to.

* ocupar una posición = take + position, fill + niche, occupy + a niche.

* ocupar una posición de = be in position of.

* ocupar un posición = occupy + position.

* posición de comienzo = offset value.

* posición del loto, la = lotus position, the, padmasana.

* posición de poder = position power.

* posición de ventaja = high ground.

* posición elevada = high ground.

* posición estratégica = vantage point.

* posición geográfica = geolocation.

* posición incorrecta, en = wrong way round, the.

* posición inicial = lead position, starting position.

* posición intermedia = middle way.

* posición privilegiada = advantageous position.

* posición social = social standing.

* posición ventajosa = vantage point, high ground.

* primera posición = pole position, pole start.

* primera posición de salida = pole start, pole position.

* que ocupa la mejor posición = best-positioned.

* reconsiderar posición = reconsider + position.

* * *

posición

feminine

A

1 (lugar, puesto) position

me indicó su posición en el mapa she showed me its position o where it was on the map

terminó la carrera en (la) quinta posición he finished the race in fifth place

el dólar recuperó posiciones frente al yen the dollar recovered against the yen

2 ( Mil) position

bombardearon las posiciones enemigas they bombarded the enemy positions o lines

Compuestos:

● posición adelantada or de adelanto

( Chi) offside position

● posición de salida

starting position

B

1 (situación) position

no estoy en posición de hacer críticas a nadie I'm in no position to criticize anyone

2 (en la sociedad) social standing

gente de buena posiciónor de posición elevada people of high social standing

un hombre de posición a man of some standing

es de una familia de posición desahogada his family is comfortably off

posición dominante en el mercado dominant market position

C

1 (postura física) position

coloquen sus asientos en posición vertical put your seats in an upright position

mantenga la cabeza en posición erguida keep your head up

2 (actitud) position, stance

adoptaron una posición intransigente they took a tough stand, they adopted a tough stance

Compuestos:

● posición de descanso

at ease

en posición de descanso (standing) at ease

● posición de firmes

attention

en posición de firmes at attention, standing to attention

* * *

posición sustantivo femenino
a) ( en general) position;

◊ en posición vertical in an upright position

b) ( en la sociedad) social standing;

◊ gente de buena posición people of high social standing

c) ( actitud) position, stance;

◊ adoptar una posición intransigente to take a tough stand o stance

posición sustantivo femenino position: estoy muy incómodo en esta posición, I'm uncomfortable in this position
mantuvo una posición muy beligerante, he adopted a beligerant position
' posición' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abajo
- ala
- debilitar
- después
- ir
- inferior
- luz
- opuesta
- opuesto
- recta
- recto
- señor
- sitio
- situarse
- supina
- supino
- a
- abusar
- acomodado
- adelante
- adoptar
- afianzar
- alto
- altura
- antirreglamentario
- bien
- caer
- cambiar
- confianza
- consolidar
- delantero
- desahogado
- descanso
- elevado
- gozar
- holgado
- inmejorable
- insostenible
- invertido
- marginal
- modesto
- óptimo
- perfilar
- privilegiado
- sobre
- superior
- término
- ubicación
- vertical
- vuelta
English:
abuse
- after
- ahead
- along
- ashore
- asinine
- at
- away
- before
- between
- bottom
- down
- downstairs
- enhance
- face
- fire
- fourth
- from
- in
- lead
- middle ground
- on
- over
- overseas
- parking lights
- position
- reach
- reverse
- sidelight
- south
- stand
- station
- tenuous
- to
- undermine
- up
- vantage point
- attention
- better
- location
- self
- setting
- sit
- something
- standing
- status
- tread
- worse

* * *

posición nf

1. [postura física] position

Comp
posición fetal foetal position;
posición de loto lotus position

2. [puesto] position;

quedó en (la) quinta posición he was fifth;

el equipo ha recuperado posiciones con respecto al líder the team has closed the gap on the leader;

posición ventajosa vantage point

3. [lugar] position;

tomaron las posiciones enemigas they took the enemy positions

4. [situación] position;

no estoy en posición de opinar I'm not in a position to comment;

estoy en una posición muy difícil I'm in a very difficult position

5. [categoría] [social] status;
[económica] situation;
está en una posición económica difícil he's in a difficult financial situation

* * *

posición

f

1 tb MIL, fig

position;

en buena posición en clasificación in a good position, well-placed;

en posición de espera on standby

2 social standing, status;

de posición of some standing

* * *

posición nf, pl - ciones

1) : position, place

2) : status, standing

3) : attitude, stance

* * *

posición n position

Spanish-English dictionary > posición
84 imponer una limitación

(v.) = place + restraint, impose + limitation

Ex. The subsequent expansion upon gaining University status in 1966 placed ever increasing and severe restraints upon the full development of the library service.

Ex. Interactive TV could overcome some of the limitations imposed on the types of banking and retailing services already being offered via the Internet.

* * *

imponer una limitación (sobre)

(v.) = place + constraint (on/upon)

Ex: Obviously, computers and the use of notation in computerised systems may place additional constraints upon the nature of the notation, or may eliminate the need to consider some of the characteristics below.

(v.) = place + restraint, impose + limitation

Ex: The subsequent expansion upon gaining University status in 1966 placed ever increasing and severe restraints upon the full development of the library service.

Ex: Interactive TV could overcome some of the limitations imposed on the types of banking and retailing services already being offered via the Internet.

Spanish-English dictionary > imponer una limitación
85 ἐπιτίθημι

ἐπιτίθημι 3 pl. ἐπιτιθέασιν Mt 23:4, impv. ἐπιτίθει 1 Ti 5:22; impf. 3 pl. ἐπετίθεσαν Ac 8:17 (ἐπετίθουν v.l.); fut. ἐπιθήσω; 1 aor. ἐπέθηκα; 2 aor. ἐπέθην, impv. ἐπίθες, ptc. ἐπιθείς. Mid. fut. ἐπιθήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐπεθέμην (s. τίθημι; Hom.+).

① to place someth. on or transfer to (a place or object)

ⓐ lay/put upon

α. lit.: act., of placing of a physical thing τὶ (which somet. is to be supplied fr. the context; cp. Esth 5:2) ἐπί τι or τινα (X., Cyr. 7, 3, 14; SIG 1173, 9; cp. 1169, 4; PSI 442, 13 [III B.C.]; Gen 22:9; 42:26 al.; JosAs 29:5 αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον; ParJer 2:1 χοῦν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλήν) someth. upon someth. or someone Mt 23:4; Lk 15:5; J 9:6 v.l. (most mss. read ἐπέχρισεν), 15; Ac 15:10; 28:3; B 7:8. χεῖρα (χεῖρας) ἐπί τινα or τι lay hand(s) on someone or someth. (SIG 1173, 4; Ex 29:10; Lev 1:4; 4:4 al.—KSudhoff, Handanlegg. des Heilgottes: Archiv f. Gesch. d. Med. 18, 1926, 235–50) Mt 9:18; Mk 8:25 (v.l. ἔθηκεν); 16:18; Ac 8:17; 9:17 (cp. 1QapGen and s. SKotlek, ANRW II Principat 37/3, 2859). Also τινὶ τὰς χεῖρας (Jos., Ant. 9, 268; 16, 365) Mt 19:13, 15; Mk 5:23; 6:5; 8:23; Lk 4:40; 13:13 (v.l. ἐπʼ αὐτῇ); Ac 6:6; 8:19; 9:12; 13:3; 19:6; 28:8 (s. χείρ end [Coppens]); of authorization as an elder 1 Ti 5:22 (Goodsp., Probs. 181f; cp. 1QapGen 20, 29); cp. τὴν χεῖρα Mk 7:32; AcPl Ha 3, 31; 4, 34. ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλήν B 13:5 (Gen 48:18). S. on ἐπίθεσις.—In other combinations ἐ. τί τινι (X., Oec. 17, 9; Esth 2:17; 1 Esdr 4:30; TestJob 7:1; JosAs 10:5; Jos., Ant. 9, 149 ἐπέθεσαν αὐτῷ τ. στέφανον) αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρόν Lk 23:26; στέφανον … αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ J 19:2. ἐπειθήσι (=ἐπιθήσει) σοι ἐλευθέριον στέφανον AcPl Ha 2, 31. τοὺς λίθους ἐπετίθουν ἀλλήλαις they placed the stones on one another’s shoulders Hs 9, 3, 5.—τὶ ἐπί τινος (Hdt. 1, 121, 4 al.; 1 Km 6:18; Sus 34; ParJer 5:7; Just., D. 132, 2) Mt 21:7; Lk 8:16 v.l. ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ they placed (the crown of thorns) on his head Mt 27:29. ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς put above (his) head vs. 37.—τῷ μνημείῳ λίθον a stone at the grave Lk 23:53 v.l. (λίθοι) ἐπιτιθέμενοι εἰς τ. οἰκοδομήν stones put into the building Hv 3, 5, 2.

β. fig.: act. (except Ac 15:28, below) ἐ. πληγάς τινι inflict blows upon someone (BGU 759, 13 [II A.D.] πληγὰς πλείστας ἐπέθηκάν μοι) Ac 16:23; cp. Lk 10:30. Differently ἐπιθήσει ὁ θεὸς ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τ. πληγάς God will bring upon him the plagues Rv 22:18b (cp. δίκην τινί Hdt., Pla. et al., also UPZ 1, 13 [IV B.C.] ὁ θεὸ αὐτῷ τὴν δίκην ἐ. Dt 26:6; τειμωρίαν τινί IAndrosIsis, Kyme 20; 35); s. BOlsson, D. Epilog der Offb. Joh.: ZNW 31, ’32, 84–86.—Pass. Ac 15:28.—ἐ. τινὶ ὄνομα give a surname to someone (cp. Hdt. 5, 68 al.; BGU 1139, 7 [I B.C.]; 2 Esdr 19:7) Mk 3:16f (on the giving of new names to disciples cp. Diog. L. 5, 38: Theophrastus’ name was Τύρταμος; his teacher, Aristotle, μετωνόμασεν and gave him the name Theophrastus because of his god-like eloquence). B 12:8f ἐ. τὸ ἔλεος ἐπί τινα bestow mercy upon someone 15:2.

ⓑ give τινί τι someth. to someone, mid. (BGU 1208 1, 4 [27 B.C.]; PRyl 81, 9 τὴν ὅλου τ. πράγματος ἐξουσίαν τοῖς κατασπορεῦσι ἐπεθέμην) ἀναγομένοις τὰ πρὸς τὰς χρείας when we sailed they gave us what we needed Ac 28:10; unless the verb is to rendered here put on board the needed supplies (so NRSV, REB).

ⓒ add ἐπί τι, act. ( Hom., et al.) ἐπʼ αὐτά Rv 22:18a.

② to set upon, attack, lay a hand on, mid. (Jos., Ant. 1, 328) τινί (Hdt., Aristoph. et al.; Appian, Liby. 102 §482; PTebt 15, 11 [114 B.C.]; PFlor 332, 7; LXX; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 371; Jos., Ant. 4, 96) foll. by subst. inf. of purpose in gen. (Gen 43:18) οὐδεὶς ἐπιθήσεταί σοι τοῦ κακῶσαί σε in order to harm you Ac 18:10.—M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπιτίθημι
86 poner

v.

1 to put.

Ella puso el mantel She set the tablecloth.

Ella puso su mejor esfuerzo She exerted her best effort.

2 to give, to set (asignar) (tarea, examen).

le pusieron Mario they called him Mario

le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam

3 to switch or put on (conectar) (televisión, radio).

4 to send (comunicar) (telegrama, fax).

¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him? (peninsular Spanish)

5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).

¿qué ponen en la tele? what's on the telly?

6 to set up.

ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop

poner la mesa to lay the table

7 to do up.

han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style

8 to put in.

poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business

poner algo de mi/tu/etc. parte to do my/your/etc bit

poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) something

Ponga más sal Put in more salt.

9 to suppose.

pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened

pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days

poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan

10 to say (decir). (peninsular Spanish)

¿qué pone ahí? what does it say?

11 to lay (eggs) (ave).

12 to make, to render, to turn, to get.

13 to apply, to put on.

Ella puso desinfectante She applied disinfectant.

14 to lay eggs, to lay.

La gallina puso The hen laid eggs.

15 to say about.

* * *

PONER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

pongo, pones, pone, ponemos, ponéis, ponen.

Past Indicative

puse, pusiste, puso, pusimos, pusisteis, pusieron.

Future Indicative

pondré, pondrás, pondrá, pondremos, pondréis, pondrán.

Conditional

pondría, pondrías, pondría, pondríamos, pondríais, pondrían.

Present Subjunctive

ponga, pongas, ponga, pongamos, pongáis, pongan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

pusiera, pusieras, pusiera, pusiéramos, pusierais, pusieran;

pusiese, pusieses, pusiese, pusiésemos, pusieseis, pusiesen.

Future Subjunctive

pusiere, pusieres, pusiere, pusiéremos, pusiereis, pusieren.

Imperative

pon (tú), ponga (él/Vd.), pongamos (nos.), poned (vos.), pongan (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

puesto,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to put

2) place

3) set

4) set up, establish

5) add

6) switch on, put on

7) lay

8) install

•

- poner al día
- ponerse
* * *
Para las expresiones poner cuidado, poner en duda, poner por las nubes, poner a parir, poner como un trapo, poner verde, poner de vuelta y media, poner por testigo, ponerse por delante, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=colocar, situar) to put

¿dónde pongo mis cosas? — where shall I put my things?

pon los libros en la estantería — put the books on the shelf

le puso la mano en el hombro — she put a hand on his shoulder

me han puesto en la habitación de arriba — they've put me in the upstairs bedroom

han puesto un anuncio en el periódico — they've put an advertisement in the paper

voy a poner las patatas — I'm going to put the potatoes on

ponle un poco de mantequilla y verás qué bueno — put some butter in it and you'll see how good it is

• poner algo [aparte] — to put sth aside, put sth to one side

• ponlo en su [sitio] — put it back

2) [+ ropa, calzado] to put on

le pusieron un vestido nuevo — they dressed her in a new dress

ponle los zapatos — can you put his shoes on?

3) (=añadir) to add

ponle más sal — add some salt, put some more salt in it

pongo 20 más para llegar a 100 — I'll add 20 more to make it 100

4) (=aplicar, administrar) to put

le pusieron una tirita en la herida — they put a plaster on her wound

ponle talco al cambiarle el pañal — put some talcum powder on him when you change his nappy

le han puesto muchas inyecciones — she's been given a lot of injections

5) (=disponer, preparar)

pon cubiertos para 12 personas — set the table for 12 people

• poner la [mesa] — to lay {o} set the table

6) (=instalar)

a) [+ teléfono, calefacción] to put in

queremos poner moqueta — we want to have a carpet fitted

b) [+ tienda] to open; [+ casa] to furnish

han puesto una tienda de muebles — they've opened a furniture shop

han puesto la casa con todo lujo — they have furnished the house luxuriously

7) (=exponer)

ponlo al sol — leave {o} put it out in the sun

poner algo a secar — to put sth out to dry

8) (=hacer funcionar) [+ radio, televisión, calefacción] to put on, turn on; [+ disco] to put on, play

pon el radiador — put the radiator on

¿pongo música? — shall I put some music on?

9) (=ajustar) [+ despertador] to set

puse el despertador para las siete — I set the alarm for seven o'clock

pon el horno al máximo — put the oven on maximum

• poner el reloj [en hora] — to put one's watch right

• ponlo [más alto] — turn it up

10) (=adoptar)

¿por qué pones esa voz tan tonta? — why are you speaking in that silly voice?

puso acento francés al decirlo — she put on a French accent when she said it

• ¡no pongas esa [cara]! — don't look at me like that!

puso muy mala cara cuando se lo dije — he looked very annoyed when I told him

puso cara de asombro — he looked surprised

11) (=volver) + adj, adv to make

me pone furiosa — he makes me mad

para no ponerle de mal humor — so as not to make him cross, so as not to put him in a bad mood

la has puesto colorada — you've made her blush

la medicina lo puso bueno — the medicine made him better

¡cómo te han puesto! — (=te han manchado) look what a mess you are!; (=te han pegado) they've given you a right thumping!

12) (=servir)

¿qué te pongo? — what can I get you?, what would you like?

¿me pones más patatas? — could I have some more potatoes?

13) (=conectar por teléfono) to put through

póngame con el conserje — put me through to the porter

¿me pone con el Sr. García, por favor? — could you put me through to Mr García, please?

le pongo en seguida — I'll put you through

14) (=exhibir)

¿qué ponen en el cine? — what's on at the cinema?

¿ponen alguna película esta noche? — is there a film on tonight?

15) (=enviar) to send

le puso un telegrama — he sent her a telegram

16) (=escribir) to put

¿qué pongo en la carta? — what shall I put in the letter?

¿te has acordado de poner el remite? — did you remember to put the return address on it?

17) (=decir, estar escrito) to say

¿qué pone aquí? — what does it say here?

18) (=imponer) [+ examen, trabajo] to give, set

nos pone mucho trabajo — he gives {o} sets us a lot of work

el ayuntamiento pone muchos impuestos — council taxes are very high

• me han puesto una [multa] — I've been fined, I've been given a fine

19) (=oponer) [+ inconvenientes] to raise

nos han puesto muchos problemas — they've put a lot of obstacles in our way

• le pone [peros] a todo — he's always finding fault with everything

20) (=aportar, contribuir)
[+ dinero]
he puesto 50 euros de mi bolsillo — I put in 50 euros out of my own pocket

todos pusimos diez euros para el regalo — we all put in ten euros towards the present

yo pongo el dinero pero ella escoge — I do the paying, but she does the choosing

yo pongo la bebida y vosotros el postre — I'll get the drink and you can get the dessert

21) (=invertir) to put in

hemos puesto más de cinco millones — we have put in over five million

puso todos sus ahorros en aquel negocio — he put all his savings into that business

22) (=apostar)

pon tres fichas al rojo — put three chips on red

pongo cinco euros a que mañana llueve — I bet five euros that it will rain tomorrow

23) (=llamar) to call

¿qué nombre {o} cómo le van a poner? — what are they going to call him?, what name are they giving him?

al niño le pusieron Luis — they called the child Luis

24) (=criticar, alabar)

• te puso muy [bien] ante el jefe — she was very nice about you to the boss

me han puesto muy bien esa película — I've heard that film is very good

• ¡[cómo] te han puesto! — (=te han criticado) they had a real go at you!; (=te han alabado) they were really nice about you!

• tu cuñada te ha puesto muy [mal] — your sister-in-law was very nasty about you

25) (=tildar)

• poner a algn [de], la han puesto de idiota para arriba — they called her an idiot and worse

26) (=suponer)

pongamos 120 — let's say 120

• pongamos [que] ganas la lotería — suppose {o} supposing you win the lottery

poniendo que... — supposing that...

27)

• poner a algn [a] + infin —

nada más llegar nos pusieron a barrer — no sooner had we arrived than we were set to sweeping the floor

puso a sus hijos a trabajar — she sent her children out to work

28)

• poner a Juan [bien] con Pedro — to make things up between Juan and Pedro

• poner a Juan [mal] con Pedro — to make Juan fall out with Pedro, cause a rift between Juan and Pedro

29) [en trabajo]

• poner a algn [de], puso a su hija de sirvienta — she got her daughter a job as a servant

lo han puesto de dependiente en una tienda — they got him a job as a shop assistant

30)

- ¡no pongo ni una!

31) [gallina] [+ huevos] to lay

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [aves] to lay (eggs)

2) (=apostar)

no pongo a la lotería — I don't play the lottery

3.

See:

ponerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) ( colocar) to put

lo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class

pon agua a calentar — put some water on to boil

no le puso la tapa — he didn't put the lid on

ponle el collar al perro — put the dog's collar on

b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put

2) ( agregar) to put

¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

le puse el vestido rojo — I dressed her in her red dress

4) <inyección/supositorio> to give

5)

poner la mesa — to lay o set the table

pon otro cubierto para Juan — lay another place at the table for Juan

6)

a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open

puso una autoescuela — he opened up a driving school

les ayudó a poner la casa — he helped them set up house o home

b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install

c) cerradura/armario to fit

pusimos parqué en el salón — we laid parquet flooring in the living room

7) ave < huevo> to lay

8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

Sentido II

9)

a) ( contribuir)

él pone el capital y yo el trabajo — he puts up the capital and I supply the labor

pusimos 500 pesos cada uno — we put in 500 pesos each

b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on

10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take

pon atención en lo que haces — pay attention to what you're doing

pon más cuidado en la presentación — take more care over the presentation

pone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace — he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he does

poner énfasis en algo — to stress something

11)

a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set

le pusieron una multa — he was fined

b) ( oponer)

no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections

a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

le pusieron un cero — he got nought out of ten

12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

le pusieron Eva — they called her Eva

le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send

14) ( escribir) to put

no sé que ponerle — I don't know what to put o say

15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say

allí pone que no se puede pasar — it says there that you can't go in

16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares — there's a play by Casares on at the theater

17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take

de allí a Salta pusimos tres horas — it took us three hours from there to Salta

Sentido III

18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

poner a alguien nervioso — to make somebody nervous

poner a alguien de mal humor — to put somebody in a bad mood

poner a alguien en evidencia — to show somebody up

poner a alguien en un aprieto — to put somebody in an awkward position

nos puso al corriente de lo sucedido — he brought us up to date on what had happened

mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! — look at the mess you've made on the carpet!

me lo estás poniendo muy difícil — you're making things very difficult for me

19) ( adoptar) cara/voz

no pongas esa cara — there's no need to look like that

puso voz de asustado — he sounded scared

20)

a) ( hacer empezar)

me pusieron a régimen — they put me on a diet

poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

b)

poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

21) ( suponer)

pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong

ponerle — (esp AmL)

¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

Sentido IV

22)

a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

puso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine

nos van a poner la luz — we're going to have our electricity connected

b) (ajustar, graduar)

pon el despertador a las siete — set the alarm (clock) for seven

pon la música más alta — turn the music up

puso el reloj en hora — she put the clock right

poner el motor a punto — to tune up the engine

23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

en seguida le pongo — I'm just putting you through o connecting you

poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?
2.
vi gallina to lay
3.
1) ponerse v pron

Sentido I

2)

a) (refl) ( colocarse)

pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

ponerse de pie — to stand (up)

ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

b) (Esp) ( llegar)

en una hora nos pusimos allí — we got there in one hour

3) sol to set

4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

no tengo nada que ponerme — I don't have a thing to wear

me puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace

Sentido II

5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

se puso triste — she became sad

cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta — she was so happy when she saw it

se puso como loco — he went mad

quiero ponerme morena — I want to get a tan

ponerse cómodo — to make oneself comfortable

no te pongas así — don't get so worked up

cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

la vida se está poniendo carísima — everything's getting so expensive

6)

a) ( empezar)

ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain

a ver si te pones a trabajar — you'd better get down to some work

b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred

Sentido III

7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

dile a tu madre que se ponga — ask your mother to come to the phone

* * *

= affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.

Ex. Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.

Ex. One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.

Ex. If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.

Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.

Ex. By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.

Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex. The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.

Ex. In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.

Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.

Ex. The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.

Ex. Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.

Ex. The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.

----

* con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.

* cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.

* costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.

* de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.

* encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].

* no poner en duda = be unquestioned.

* poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.

* poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.

* poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.

* poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.

* poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.

* poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.

* poner a disposición = keep within + reach.

* poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.

* poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.

* poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.

* poner al alcance = bring within + reach.

* poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.

* poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.

* poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.

* poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.

* poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.

* poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.

* poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.

* poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.

* poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.

* poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.

* poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.

* poner al revés = upend.

* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.

* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.

* poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.

* poner a + Número = set to + Número.

* poner aparte = set + apart.

* poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.

* poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.

* poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.

* poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).

* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.

* poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.

* poner carnada = bait.

* poner cebo = bait.

* poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.

* poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.

* poner delante de = lay before.

* poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.

* poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].

* poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.

* poner de pie = stand + upright.

* poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.

* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.

* poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.

* poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.

* poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.

* poner el candado = padlock.

* poner el centro de atención = put + focus.

* poner el colofón final = bookend.

* poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.

* poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.

* poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.

* poner el énfasis = put + focus.

* poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.

* poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.

* poner el precio = price.

* poner el sello = stamp.

* poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.

* poner el sello de = rubber stamp.

* poner empeño = strive.

* poner en adobo = marinade.

* poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.

* poner en alquiler = rent out.

* poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.

* poner encima = top with.

* poner en circulación = circulate.

* poner en claro = clear up.

* poner en cola = queue.

* poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.

* poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.

* poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].

* poner en cuarentena = quarantine.

* poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.

* poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.

* poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.

* poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.

* poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.

* poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.

* poner en el haber de = credit.

* poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.

* poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.

* poner en escena = stage.

* poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.

* poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.

* poner énfasis = put + emphasis.

* poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.

* poner en forma = buff up.

* poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.

* poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).

* poner en garantía = pawn.

* poner en hielo = ice.

* poner en juego = tap.

* poner en la calle = evict.

* poner en la pared = pin up.

* poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.

* poner en libertad = release from + jail.

* poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.

* poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.

* poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.

* poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.

* poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.

* poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.

* poner en órbita = place into + orbit.

* poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.

* poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.

* poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.

* poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.

* poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.

* poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.

* poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.

* poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.

* poner en préstamo = circulate.

* poner en primer plano = foreground.

* poner en relación = bring into + relationship.

* poner en remojo = steep.

* poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.

* poner en riesgo = put at + risk.

* poner en su sitio = put in + place.

* poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.

* poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.

* poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.

* poner entre corchetes = bracket.

* poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.

* poner entre paréntesis = bracket.

* poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.

* poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.

* poner en venta = put on + sale.

* poner esfuerzo = give + effort.

* poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.

* poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.

* poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

* poner freno = curb.

* poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.

* poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.

* poner guiones = hyphenate.

* poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.

* poner impuestos = impose + VAT.

* poner la brida = bridle.

* poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.

* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.

* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.

* poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.

* poner la fecha = date-stamp.

* poner la mesa = lay + the table.

* poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.

* poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.

* poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.

* poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.

* poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.

* poner las esposas = handcuff.

* poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.

* ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.

* ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.

* ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.

* ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.

* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.

* poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.

* poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.

* poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.

* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.

* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.

* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.

* poner más fuerte = crank up.

* poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.

* poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.

* poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.

* poner nervioso = rattle.

* poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.

* poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.

* poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.

* poner objeciones = object.

* poner objeciones a = object to.

* poner obstáculos = cramp.

* poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.

* poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.

* poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.

* poner parches = patch up, patch.

* poner patas arriba = upend.

* poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.

* poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.

* poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.

* poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.

* poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.

* poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.

* poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.

* poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner sal = salt.

* ponerse = don, pull on, wax.

* ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.

* ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.

* ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.

* ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.

* ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.

* ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.

* ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.

* ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.

* ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.

* ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.

* ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.

* ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.

* ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.

* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.

* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.

* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.

* ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.

* ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.

* ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.

* ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.

* ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.

* ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.

* ponerse borroso = blur.

* ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* ponerse + Color = go + Color.

* ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.

* ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.

* ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.

* ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.

* ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.

* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* ponerse del lado de = side with.

* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.

* ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.

* ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.

* ponerse de parte de = side with.

* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.

* ponerse de punta = stand out.

* ponerse, el = donning, the.

* ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.

* ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.

* ponerse en contacto = make + contact.

* ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.

* ponerse en contra de = turn against.

* ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).

* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.

* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse enfermo = get + sick.

* ponerse en fila = line up.

* ponerse en forma = get + fit.

* ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.

* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.

* ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).

* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.

* ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.

* ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* ponerse en tensión = tense up.

* ponerse firme = stand to + attention.

* ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.

* ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.

* ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.

* ponerse gallito = bluster.

* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.

* ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.

* ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).

* ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.

* ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.

* ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.

* ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.

* ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.

* ponerse marrón = turn + brown.

* ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.

* ponerse rígido = stiffen.

* ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.

* ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.

* ponerse seriamente a = settle to.

* ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.

* ponerse tibio = pig out (on).

* ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.

* poner sobre aviso = alert to.

* poner término a = put + paid to.

* poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.

* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.

* poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* poner trabas = cramp.

* poner una bomba = plant + bomb.

* poner una demanda = face + legal action.

* poner una denuncia = file + police report.

* poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.

* poner una nota en un sitio público = post.

* poner una reclamación = appeal.

* poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.

* poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.

* poner una tienda = pitch + tent.

* poner un círculo alrededor = circle.

* poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.

* poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.

* poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).

* poner un poquito de picante = pep up.

* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.

* poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.

* poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.

* poner y quitar = get on and off.

* pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.

* pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....

* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.

* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.

* precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.

* precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.

* que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.

* que pone obstáculos = obstructive.

* quita o pon = give or take.

* sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.

* sin poner en escena = unproduced.

* sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.

* sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.

* sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.

* sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).

* volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.

* ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) ( colocar) to put

lo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class

pon agua a calentar — put some water on to boil

no le puso la tapa — he didn't put the lid on

ponle el collar al perro — put the dog's collar on

b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put

2) ( agregar) to put

¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

le puse el vestido rojo — I dressed her in her red dress

4) <inyección/supositorio> to give

5)

poner la mesa — to lay o set the table

pon otro cubierto para Juan — lay another place at the table for Juan

6)

a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open

puso una autoescuela — he opened up a driving school

les ayudó a poner la casa — he helped them set up house o home

b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install

c) cerradura/armario to fit

pusimos parqué en el salón — we laid parquet flooring in the living room

7) ave < huevo> to lay

8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

Sentido II

9)

a) ( contribuir)

él pone el capital y yo el trabajo — he puts up the capital and I supply the labor

pusimos 500 pesos cada uno — we put in 500 pesos each

b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on

10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take

pon atención en lo que haces — pay attention to what you're doing

pon más cuidado en la presentación — take more care over the presentation

pone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace — he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he does

poner énfasis en algo — to stress something

11)

a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set

le pusieron una multa — he was fined

b) ( oponer)

no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections

a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

le pusieron un cero — he got nought out of ten

12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

le pusieron Eva — they called her Eva

le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send

14) ( escribir) to put

no sé que ponerle — I don't know what to put o say

15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say

allí pone que no se puede pasar — it says there that you can't go in

16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares — there's a play by Casares on at the theater

17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take

de allí a Salta pusimos tres horas — it took us three hours from there to Salta

Sentido III

18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

poner a alguien nervioso — to make somebody nervous

poner a alguien de mal humor — to put somebody in a bad mood

poner a alguien en evidencia — to show somebody up

poner a alguien en un aprieto — to put somebody in an awkward position

nos puso al corriente de lo sucedido — he brought us up to date on what had happened

mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! — look at the mess you've made on the carpet!

me lo estás poniendo muy difícil — you're making things very difficult for me

19) ( adoptar) cara/voz

no pongas esa cara — there's no need to look like that

puso voz de asustado — he sounded scared

20)

a) ( hacer empezar)

me pusieron a régimen — they put me on a diet

poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

b)

poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

21) ( suponer)

pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong

ponerle — (esp AmL)

¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

Sentido IV

22)

a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

puso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine

nos van a poner la luz — we're going to have our electricity connected

b) (ajustar, graduar)

pon el despertador a las siete — set the alarm (clock) for seven

pon la música más alta — turn the music up

puso el reloj en hora — she put the clock right

poner el motor a punto — to tune up the engine

23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

en seguida le pongo — I'm just putting you through o connecting you

poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?
2.
vi gallina to lay
3.
1) ponerse v pron

Sentido I

2)

a) (refl) ( colocarse)

pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

ponerse de pie — to stand (up)

ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

b) (Esp) ( llegar)

en una hora nos pusimos allí — we got there in one hour

3) sol to set

4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

no tengo nada que ponerme — I don't have a thing to wear

me puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace

Sentido II

5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

se puso triste — she became sad

cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta — she was so happy when she saw it

se puso como loco — he went mad

quiero ponerme morena — I want to get a tan

ponerse cómodo — to make oneself comfortable

no te pongas así — don't get so worked up

cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

la vida se está poniendo carísima — everything's getting so expensive

6)

a) ( empezar)

ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain

a ver si te pones a trabajar — you'd better get down to some work

b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred

Sentido III

7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

dile a tu madre que se ponga — ask your mother to come to the phone

* * *

= affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.

Ex: Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.

Ex: One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.

Ex: If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.

Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.

Ex: By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.

Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex: The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.

Ex: In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.

Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.

Ex: The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.

Ex: Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.

Ex: The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.

* con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.

* cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.

* costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.

* de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.

* encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].

* no poner en duda = be unquestioned.

* poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.

* poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.

* poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.

* poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.

* poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.

* poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.

* poner a disposición = keep within + reach.

* poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.

* poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.

* poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.

* poner al alcance = bring within + reach.

* poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.

* poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.

* poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.

* poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.

* poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.

* poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.

* poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.

* poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.

* poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.

* poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.

* poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.

* poner al revés = upend.

* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.

* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.

* poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.

* poner a + Número = set to + Número.

* poner aparte = set + apart.

* poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.

* poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.

* poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.

* poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).

* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.

* poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.

* poner carnada = bait.

* poner cebo = bait.

* poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.

* poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.

* poner delante de = lay before.

* poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.

* poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].

* poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.

* poner de pie = stand + upright.

* poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.

* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.

* poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.

* poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.

* poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.

* poner el candado = padlock.

* poner el centro de atención = put + focus.

* poner el colofón final = bookend.

* poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.

* poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.

* poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.

* poner el énfasis = put + focus.

* poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.

* poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.

* poner el precio = price.

* poner el sello = stamp.

* poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.

* poner el sello de = rubber stamp.

* poner empeño = strive.

* poner en adobo = marinade.

* poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.

* poner en alquiler = rent out.

* poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.

* poner encima = top with.

* poner en circulación = circulate.

* poner en claro = clear up.

* poner en cola = queue.

* poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.

* poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.

* poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].

* poner en cuarentena = quarantine.

* poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.

* poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.

* poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.

* poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.

* poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.

* poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.

* poner en el haber de = credit.

* poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.

* poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.

* poner en escena = stage.

* poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.

* poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.

* poner énfasis = put + emphasis.

* poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.

* poner en forma = buff up.

* poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.

* poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).

* poner en garantía = pawn.

* poner en hielo = ice.

* poner en juego = tap.

* poner en la calle = evict.

* poner en la pared = pin up.

* poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.

* poner en libertad = release from + jail.

* poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.

* poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.

* poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.

* poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.

* poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.

* poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.

* poner en órbita = place into + orbit.

* poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.

* poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.

* poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.

* poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.

* poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.

* poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.

* poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.

* poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.

* poner en préstamo = circulate.

* poner en primer plano = foreground.

* poner en relación = bring into + relationship.

* poner en remojo = steep.

* poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.

* poner en riesgo = put at + risk.

* poner en su sitio = put in + place.

* poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.

* poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.

* poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.

* poner entre corchetes = bracket.

* poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.

* poner entre paréntesis = bracket.

* poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.

* poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.

* poner en venta = put on + sale.

* poner esfuerzo = give + effort.

* poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.

* poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.

* poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

* poner freno = curb.

* poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.

* poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.

* poner guiones = hyphenate.

* poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.

* poner impuestos = impose + VAT.

* poner la brida = bridle.

* poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.

* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.

* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.

* poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.

* poner la fecha = date-stamp.

* poner la mesa = lay + the table.

* poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.

* poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.

* poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.

* poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.

* poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.

* poner las esposas = handcuff.

* poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.

* ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.

* ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.

* ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.

* ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.

* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.

* poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.

* poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.

* poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.

* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.

* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.

* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.

* poner más fuerte = crank up.

* poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.

* poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.

* poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.

* poner nervioso = rattle.

* poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.

* poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.

* poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.

* poner objeciones = object.

* poner objeciones a = object to.

* poner obstáculos = cramp.

* poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.

* poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.

* poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.

* poner parches = patch up, patch.

* poner patas arriba = upend.

* poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.

* poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.

* poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.

* poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.

* poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.

* poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.

* poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.

* poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner sal = salt.

* ponerse = don, pull on, wax.

* ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.

* ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.

* ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.

* ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.

* ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.

* ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.

* ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.

* ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.

* ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.

* ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.

* ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.

* ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.

* ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.

* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.

* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.

* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.

* ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.

* ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.

* ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.

* ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.

* ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.

* ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.

* ponerse borroso = blur.

* ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* ponerse + Color = go + Color.

* ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.

* ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.

* ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.

* ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.

* ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.

* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* ponerse del lado de = side with.

* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.

* ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.

* ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.

* ponerse de parte de = side with.

* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.

* ponerse de punta = stand out.

* ponerse, el = donning, the.

* ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.

* ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.

* ponerse en contacto = make + contact.

* ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.

* ponerse en contra de = turn against.

* ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).

* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.

* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse enfermo = get + sick.

* ponerse en fila = line up.

* ponerse en forma = get + fit.

* ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.

* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.

* ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).

* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.

* ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.

* ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* ponerse en tensión = tense up.

* ponerse firme = stand to + attention.

* ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.

* ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.

* ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.

* ponerse gallito = bluster.

* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.

* ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.

* ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).

* ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.

* ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.

* ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.

* ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.

* ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.

* ponerse marrón = turn + brown.

* ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.

* ponerse rígido = stiffen.

* ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.

* ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.

* ponerse seriamente a = settle to.

* ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.

* ponerse tibio = pig out (on).

* ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.

* poner sobre aviso = alert to.

* poner término a = put + paid to.

* poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.

* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.

* poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* poner trabas = cramp.

* poner una bomba = plant + bomb.

* poner una demanda = face + legal action.

* poner una denuncia = file + police report.

* poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.

* poner una nota en un sitio público = post.

* poner una reclamación = appeal.

* poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.

* poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.

* poner una tienda = pitch + tent.

* poner un círculo alrededor = circle.

* poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.

* poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.

* poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).

* poner un poquito de picante = pep up.

* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.

* poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.

* poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.

* poner y quitar = get on and off.

* pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.

* pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....

* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.

* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.

* precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.

* precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.

* que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.

* que pone obstáculos = obstructive.

* quita o pon = give or take.

* sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.

* sin poner en escena = unproduced.

* sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.

* sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.

* sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.

* sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).

* volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.

* ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.

* * *

poner [ E22 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ poner (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 colocar

2 poner: anuncio, aviso

B agregar

C ropa, calzado etc

D ‹inyección/supositorio›

E poner la mesa

F

1 instalar, montar

2 poner: cocina, teléfono etc

3 poner: cerradura etc

G poner: huevos

H servir, dar

Sentido II

A

1 contribuir

2 proporcionar

B poner: atención, cuidado

C

1 imponer

2 oponer

3 adjudicar

D poner: nombre

E enviar

F escribir

G

1 expresar por escrito

2 impersonal

H exhibir, dar

I tardar

Sentido III

A en un estado, una situación

B poner: cara, voz, etc

C

1 hacer empezar

2 poner a alguien de algo

D suponer

Sentido IV

A

1 conectar, encender

2 ajustar, graduar

B poner al teléfono

■ poner (verbo intransitivo)

A

1 apostar

2 contribuir dinero

B poner: gallinas

C México: vulg

■ ponerse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A

1 colocarse

2 llegar

B ponerse: el sol

C ponerse: calzado etc

Sentido II

A en un estado, una situación

B

1 empezar

2 esforzarse, esmerarse

3 contribuir dinero

Sentido III ponerse al teléfono

vt

Sentido I

A

1 (colocar) to put

¿dónde habré puesto las llaves? where can I have put the keys?

¿dónde vas a poner este cuadro? where are you going to put o hang this picture?

pon ese cuadro derecho put that picture straight, straighten that picture

lo pusieron en el curso avanzado he was put o placed in the advanced class

ponle la cadena a la puerta put the chain on the door

pon agua a calentar put some water on to boil

2 ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, put

pusieron un anuncio en el periódico they put o placed an advertisement in the newspaper

B (agregar) to put

¿cuándo se le pone el agua? when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

¿le has puesto sal a la sopa? have you put any salt in the soup?

¿le pones azúcar al café? do you take sugar in your coffee?

C ‹ropa/calzado› (+ me/te/le etc):

¿me pones los zapatos? can you put my shoes on (for me)?

le puse el vestido rojo I dressed her in her red dress

D ‹inyección/supositorio› to give

el dentista le puso una inyección the dentist gave him an injection

E

poner la mesa to lay o set the table

F

1 (instalar, montar) ‹oficina/restaurante› to open

puso un estudio junto con otra arquitecta she set up in business with another architect

consiguió permiso para poner una autoescuela he got permission to open a driving school

les ayudó a poner la casa he helped them set up house o home

pusieron la casa/oficina a todo lujo they furnished the house/fitted the office out in style

le puso un apartamento a su amante he set his mistress up in an apartment

2 ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to install

van a poner cocinas de gas they are going to install o fit gas cookers

3 ‹cerradura/armario› to fit

G «ave» ‹huevos› to lay

H

( Esp) (servir, dar): ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?

póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please

¿cuántos le pongo, señora? how many would you like, madam?

Sentido II

A

1 (contribuir):

él pone el capital y yo el trabajo he puts up the capital and I supply the labor

pusimos 500 pesos cada uno we put in 500 pesos each

que cada uno ponga lo que pueda each person should give what he or she can afford

2 (proporcionar) ‹autobús/tren› to lay on

la empresa puso la comida y la bebida food and drink was laid on by the company

B ‹atención› to pay; ‹cuidado› to take

pon más atención en lo que estás haciendo pay more attention to what you're doing

no ha puesto ningún cuidado en este trabajo she hasn't taken any care at all over this piece of work

pone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace he's very enthusiastic about everything he does, he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he does

C

1 (imponer) ‹deberes› to give, set; ‹examen› to set

nos pusieron 20 preguntas we were given o set 20 questions

le pusieron una multa por exceso de velocidad he was fined for speeding

2

(oponer): no me puso ningún inconveniente he didn't have o raise any objections

a todo le tiene que poner peros or pegas she finds fault with everything

3 (adjudicar) ‹nota› to give

¿qué (nota) te puso en la redacción? what (mark) did he give you for your essay?

le pusieron un cero he got nought out of ten

D (dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give

¡qué nombre más feo le pusieron! what a horrible name to give him!

le pusieron Eva they called her Eva

¿qué título le vas a poner al poema? what title are you going to give the poem?, what are you going to call the poem?

le pusieron el sobrenombre de `el cojo' they nicknamed him `el cojo'

E (enviar) ‹telegrama› to send; ‹carta› to mail ( AmE), to post ( BrE)

F (escribir) to put

no has puesto ningún acento you haven't put any of the accents in

no sé qué más ponerle I don't know what else to put o write

puso mi nombre en la lista she put my name down on the list

G ( esp Esp)

1 (expresar por escrito) to say

el periódico no pone nada sobre el robo the newspaper doesn't say anything about the robbery

2 ( impersonal):

mira a ver lo que pone en esa nota see what that note says

allí pone que no se puede pasar it says there that you can't go in

¿qué pone aquí? what does it say here?, what does this say?

H ( Esp) (exhibir, dar)

‹obra/película› ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?

¿qué ponen en el Trocadero? what's on o what's showing at the Trocadero?

en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares there's a play by Casares on at the theater

no pusieron ninguna película buena en Navidad there wasn't a single good film on over Christmas, they didn't show a single good film over Christmas

I ( RPl) (tardar) to take

el avión pone media hora de Montevideo a Buenos Aires the plane takes half an hour from Montevideo to Buenos Aires

de allí a Salta pusimos tres horas it took us three hours from there to Salta

Sentido III

A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):

me pones nerviosa you're making me nervous

ya la has puesto de mal humor now you've put her in a bad mood

¿por qué me pusiste en evidencia así? why did you show me up like that?

lo pusiste en un aprieto you put him in an awkward position

nos puso al corriente de lo sucedido he brought us up to date with what had happened

¡mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! look at the mess you've made on the carpet!

me estás poniendo las cosas muy difíciles you're making things very difficult for me

B (adoptar) ‹cara/voz›

no pongas esa cara there's no need to look like that

puso cara de enfado he looked annoyed

puso voz de asustado he sounded scared

C

1

(hacer empezar): el médico me puso a régimen the doctor put me on a diet

poner a algn A + INF:

tuvo que poner a las hijas a trabajar he had to send his daughters out to work

lo puso a estudiar guitarra con Rodríguez she sent him to have guitar lessons with Rodríguez

lo puso a pelar cebollas she set him to work peeling onions

2 poner a algn DE algo:

la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department

lo pusieron de ángel he was given a part as an angel, he was given the part of an angel

su padre lo puso de botones en la oficina his father gave him a job as an office boy

siempre te pone de ejemplo he always holds you up as an example

D

(suponer): pon que perdemos ese tren, no podríamos volver say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train, then we wouldn't be able to get back

pon que es cierto ¿qué harías entonces? say o suppose o supposing it is true, then what would you do?

pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados suppose o let's just say they're wrong

ponerle ( AmL): ¿cuánto se tarda? — ponle dos horas how long does it take? — about two hours o in the region of two hours o reckon on two hours

¿cuánto nos costará? — y … pónganle alrededor de $200 how much will it cost us? — well, … you'd better reckon on about $200

Sentido IV

A

1 (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn o switch o put on; ‹programa/canal› to put on

pon un disco put on a record

puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine

todavía no nos han puesto la luz we haven't had our electricity connected yet

2

(ajustar, graduar): pon el despertador a las siete set the alarm (clock) for seven

¿puedes poner la música un poco más alta? can you turn the music up a bit?

puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right, she set the clock to the right time

poner el motor a punto to tune up the engine

B

( Esp) (al teléfono): en seguida le pongo I'm just putting you through o connecting you

poner a algn CON algn/algo to put sb THROUGH TO sb/sth

¿me puede poner con el director, por favor? could you put me through to o could I speak to the director, please?

¿me pone con la extensión 24? could you put me through to o can I have extension 24, please?

■ poner

vi

A

1 ( Jueg) (apostar) to put in

2 (contribuir dinero) to contribute

¿vas a poner para el regalo de Pilar? are you going to give something o contribute toward(s) Pilar's present?

B «gallina» to lay

C ( Méx vulg) (copular) to score (sl)

■ ponerse

v pron

Sentido I

A

1 ( refl)

(colocarse): pongámonos un rato a la sombra let's sit ( o lie etc) in the shade for a while

ponerse de pie to stand up, stand

ponerse de rodillas to kneel, kneel down, get down on one's knees

ponte ahí, junto al árbol stand over there, by the tree

ponérsele a algn algo ( AmL fam): se le puso que tenía que escalar la montaña he got it into his head that he had to climb the mountain

a ese viejo se le pone cada cosa that old man gets the strangest ideas into his head

2

( Esp) (llegar): en diez minutos nos ponemos allí we can be there in ten minutes

B «sol» to set

C ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on

ponte el abrigo put your coat on

no tengo nada que ponerme I don't have a thing to wear

mi hermano siempre se pone mi ropa my brother is always borrowing my clothes

ponte un poco de sombra de ojos put on a little eyeshadow

me puse el collar de perlas I wore o put on my pearl necklace

Sentido II

A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):

me puse furiosa I got very angry

cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it

adelante, pónganse cómodos come in, make yourselves comfortable

no te pongas así, que no es para tanto don't get so worked up, it's not that bad

¡mira cómo te has puesto de barro! just look at you, you're covered in mud!

no te imaginas cómo se puso, hecha una fiera you wouldn't believe the way she reacted, she went absolutely wild

la vida se está poniendo carísima everything's getting so expensive

B

1 (empezar) ponerse A + INF to start -ING

se va a poner a llover de un momento a otro it's going to start raining o to start to rain any minute

a ver si te pones a trabajar you'd better start working

se puso a llorar sin motivo aparente she started crying o to cry for no apparent reason

2 ( fam) (esforzarse, esmerarse) to try, make an effort

si te pones lo acabas hoy mismo if you make an effort o if you try o if you put your mind to it, you'll finish it today

3

(CS arg) (contribuir dinero): cuando se casaron el viejo se puso con $5.000 when they got married, her old man shelled out $5,000 ( colloq)

cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse when the check comes, everyone has to cough up ( colloq)

yo me pongo con cien I'll put in o chip in a hundred ( colloq)

Sentido III

( Esp) (al teléfono): ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

dile a tu madre que se ponga tell your mother I want to speak to her, ask your mother to come to the phone

* * *

poner ( conjugate poner) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( colocar) to put;

◊ ponlo en el suelo put it on the floor;

ponle el collar al perro put the dog's collar on;
poner una bomba to plant a bomb
b) ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, put

c) ‹ ropa› (+ me/te/le etc):

◊ le puse el sombrero I put his hat on (for him)

2 ( agregar) to put
3 ‹inyección/supositorio› to give
4
◊ poner la mesa to lay o set the table

5 (instalar, montar)
a) ‹oficina/restaurante› to open

b) ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to install

c) ‹cerradura/armario› to fit

6 [ ave] ‹ huevo› to lay
7 (Esp) (servir, dar):
◊ póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please;

¿cuántos le pongo? how many would you like?
1 ‹ dinero› ( contribuir) to put in;
◊ pusimos 500 pesos cada uno we put in 500 pesos each

2 ‹ atención› to pay;
‹cuidado/interés› to take;
◊ pon más cuidado en la presentación take more care over the presentation

3
a) ( imponer) ‹ deberes› to give, set;

‹examen/problema› to set;
◊ le pusieron una multa he was fined

b) ( oponer) ‹ inconvenientes› to raise;

◊ me pusieron problemas para entrar they made it difficult for me to get in

c) ( adjudicar) ‹ nota› to give

4 ( dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give;
‹ ejemplo› to give;
◊ le pusieron Eva they called her Eva

5 ( enviar) ‹ telegrama› to send
6 ( escribir) ‹dedicatoria/líneas› to write
7 (Esp) (exhibir, dar) ‹ película› to show;
◊ ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?;

¿qué ponen en el Royal? what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
1
a) (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn on, switch on, put on;

‹programa/canal› to put on;
‹cinta/disco/música› to put on;
◊ puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine

b) (ajustar, graduar) ‹ despertador› to set;

◊ pon la música más alta turn the music up;

puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right
2 (Esp) ( al teléfono): poner a algn con algo/algn to put sb through to sth/sb
(en estado, situación) (+ compl):
◊ poner a algn nervioso to make sb nervous;

poner a algn en un aprieto to put sb in an awkward position
vi [ ave] to lay
ponerse verbo pronominal
1 ( refl) ( colocarse):
◊ pongámonos ahí let's stand (o sit etc) there;

ponerse de pie to stand (up);
ponerse de rodillas to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
2 [ sol] to set
3 ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on;
◊ no tengo nada que ponerme I don't have a thing to wear

1 (en estado, situación) (+ compl):
◊ ponerse enfermo to get sick;

se puso triste she became sad;
cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it;
se puso como loco he went mad;
ponerse cómodo to make oneself comfortable
2 ( empezar) ponerse a + inf to start -ing, to start + inf;
◊ se puso a llover it started raining, it started to rain

(Esp):
◊ ponerse al teléfono to come to the phone

poner verbo transitivo
1 (en un lugar, una situación) to put: me puso en un aprieto, he put me in a tight corner
(seguido de adjetivo) to make: me pone contento, he makes me happy
2 (hacer funcionar) to turn o switch on
3 (un fax, telegrama) to send
poner una conferencia, to make a long-distance call
4 (una multa, un castigo) to impose
5 (abrir un negocio) to set up
6 (vestir) to put on
7 (exponer) tienes que poner la planta al sol/a la sombra, you have to put the plant in the sun/shade
8 (aportar) yo puse mil pesetas, I contributed a thousand pesetas
9 (conjeturar, imaginar) to suppose: pongamos que..., supposing (that)...
10 (estar escrito) lo pone aquí, it's written here
no pone nada de eso, it doesn't say anything about that
11 TV Cine to put on, show
12 Tel ponme con él, put me through to him
13 (un nombre) le pondremos Tadeo, we are going to call him Tadeo
ya le puso título a la novela, he has already given the novel a title
♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a caldo, to pull sb to pieces
poner a cien, to make sb nervous: me pone a cien cuando habla de ese modo, when he talks that way I get nervous
poner en duda, to call into question: los inversores pusieron su competencia en duda, the investors questioned his competence
poner a alguien en evidencia, to show sb up
poner en evidencia, to show up: la situación pone en evidencia la falta de justicia del sistema, the situation exposes the system's unfairness
poner a alguien en su sitio, to put sb in his place
' poner' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
activar
- alinear
- alta
- alto
- altura
- antecedente
- antena
- arreglar
- arrinconar
- aunar
- bandeja
- brete
- cabeza
- calzar
- caldo
- calle
- cara
- cargar
- carta
- caso
- cien
- codificar
- comprometer
- confiar
- coto
- crecer
- cuenco
- cuestión
- dejar
- denuncia
- depositar
- descomponer
- descubierta
- descubierto
- desesperar
- diente
- dirigir
- discutir
- distribuir
- enchufar
- enderezar
- enervar
- enfermar
- enfrentar
- enmascarar
- entregar
- entregarse
- escenificar
- escobilla
- esmerarse
English:
acquaint
- action
- apply
- arm
- arrange
- aside
- best
- blur
- bond
- box
- bracket
- bundle
- bung
- cap
- cast
- cheek
- claim
- code
- collect
- compromise
- connect
- cork
- crack
- cross
- crown
- curb
- date
- dip
- discomfit
- dishwasher
- egg
- end
- endanger
- excite
- face
- fault
- feature
- fetter
- fill in
- fit
- fluster
- follow up
- forewarn
- free
- gather
- get
- glaze
- go
- gown
- grin

* * *

poner

♦ vt

1. [situar, agregar, meter] to put;

me pusieron en la última fila I was put in the back row;

ponle un poco más de sal put some more salt in it, add a bit of salt to it;

pon los juguetes en el armario put the toys (away) in the cupboard;

¿dónde habré puesto la calculadora? where can I have put o left the calculator?;

poner un anuncio en el periódico to put an advert in the paper;

poner un póster en la pared to put a poster up on the wall;

poner una inyección a alguien to give sb an injection;

hubo que ponerle un bozal al perro we had to put a muzzle on the dog, we had to muzzle the dog

2. [ropa, zapatos, maquillaje]
poner algo a alguien to put sth on sb;

ponle este pañal al bebé put this Br nappy o US diaper on the baby

3. [servir]
¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?, what would you like?;

póngame una cerveza, por favor I'd like o I'll have a beer, please;

¿cuánto le pongo? how much would you like?;

póngame un kilo give me a kilo

4. [contribuir, aportar] to put in;

poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business;

poner algo de mi/tu/ etc[m5]. parte to do my/your/ etc bit;

poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) sth;

pon atención en lo que digo pay attention to what I'm saying;

hay que poner más cuidado con o [m5] en la ortografía you have to take more care over your spelling

5. [hacer estar de cierta manera]
poner a alguien en un aprieto/de mal humor to put sb in a difficult position/in a bad mood;

le has puesto colorado/nervioso you've made him blush/feel nervous;

ponérselo fácil/difícil a alguien to make things easy/difficult for sb;

lo puso todo perdido she made a real mess;

el profesor nos puso a hacer cuentas the teacher gave us some sums to do;

llegó y nos puso a todos a trabajar she arrived and set us all to work;

pon la sopa a calentar warm the soup up;

me pusieron de aprendiz de camarero they had me work as a trainee waiter;

poner cara de tonto/inocente to put on a stupid/an innocent face

6. [calificar]
poner a alguien de algo to call sb sth;

me pusieron de mentiroso they called me a liar;

poner bien algo/a alguien to praise sth/sb;

poner mal algo/a alguien to criticize sth/sb

7. [oponer]
poner obstáculos a algo to hinder sth;

poner pegas a algo to raise objections to sth

8. [asignar] [precio] to fix, to settle on;
[multa] to give; [deberes, examen, tarea] to give, to set;
le pusieron (de nombre) Mario they called him Mario;

me han puesto (en el turno) de noche I've been assigned to the night shift, they've put me on the night shift;

le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam

9. [comunicar] [telegrama, fax, giro postal] to send;
[conferencia] to make; Esp
¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him?;
Esp
no cuelgue, ahora le pongo don't hang up, I'll put you through in a second

10. [conectar, hacer funcionar] [televisión, radio] to switch o put on;
[despertador] to set; [instalación, gas] to put in; [música, cinta, disco] to put on;
pon la lavadora put the washing machine on;

pon el telediario put the news on;

puse el despertador a las seis/el reloj en hora I set my alarm clock for six o'clock/my watch to the right time;

¿te han puesto ya el teléfono? are you on the phone yet?, have they connected your phone yet?;

ponlo más alto, que no se oye turn it up, I can't hear it

11. [en el cine, el teatro, la televisión] to show;

anoche pusieron un documental muy interesante last night they showed a very interesting documentary;

¿qué ponen en la tele/en el Rialto? what's on the TV/on at the Rialto?;

en el Rialto ponen una de Stallone there's a Stallone movie on at the Rialto

12. [montar] to set up;

poner la casa to set up home;

poner un negocio to start a business;

ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop;

han puesto una cocina nueva they've had a new Br cooker o US stove put in;

hemos puesto moqueta en el salón we've had a carpet fitted in the living-room;

poner la mesa to lay the table;

pusieron la tienda (de campaña) en un prado they pitched their tent o put their tent up in a meadow

13. [decorar] to do up;

han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style

14. [suponer] to suppose;

pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened;

pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days;

poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan;

¿cuándo estará listo? – ponle que en dos días when will it be ready? – reckon on it taking two days

15. Esp [decir] to say;

¿qué pone ahí? what does it say there?

16. [escribir] to put;

¿qué pusiste en la segunda pregunta? what did you put for the second question?

17. [huevo] to lay

18. RP [demorar] to take;

el tren pone media hora en llegar allá the train takes half an hour to get there

19. Fam [excitar]
esa actriz me pone that actress totally does it for me

♦ vi
[gallina, aves] to lay (eggs)
♦ v impersonal
Am Fam [parecer]
se me pone que… it seems to me that…

♦ See also the pronominal verb ponerse

* * *

poner

<part puesto> v/t

1 put;

poner en escena stage;

poner en marcha set in motion;

pongamos que let’s suppose o assume that

2 ropa put on

3 ( añadir) put in

4 RAD, TV turn on, switch on

5 la mesa set

6 ( escribir) put down

7 en periódico, libro etc say;

la crítica puso muy bien su última película the critics gave his last film very good reviews

8 negocio set up

9 telegrama send

10 huevos lay

11 AUTO marcha put the car in, move into

12 dinero deposit

13

:

poner a alguien furioso make s.o. angry;

ponerle a alguien con alguien TELEC put s.o. through to s.o.;

ponerle una multa a alguien fine s.o.

* * *

poner {60} vt

1) colocar: to put, to place

pon el libro en la mesa: put the book on the table

2) agregar, añadir: to put in, to add

3) : to put on (clothes)

4) contribuir: to contribute

5) escribir: to put in writing

no le puso su nombre: he didn't put his name on it

6) imponer: to set, to impose

7) exponer: to put, to expose

lo puso en peligro: she put him in danger

8) : to prepare, to arrange

poner la mesa: to set the table

9) : to name

le pusimos Ana: we called her Ana

10) establecer: to set up, to establish

puso un restaurante: he opened up a restaurant

11) instalar: to install, to put in

12) (with an adjective or adverb) : to make

siempre lo pones de mal humor: you always put him in a bad mood

13) : to turn on, to switch on

14) suponer: to suppose

pongamos que no viene: supposing he doesn't come

15) : to lay (eggs)

16)

poner a : to start (someone doing something)

lo puse a trabajar: I put him to work

17)

poner de : to place as

la pusieron de directora: they made her director

18)

poner en : to put in (a state or condition)

poner en duda: to call into question

poner vi

1) : to contribute

2) : to lay eggs

♦ See also the reflexive verb ponerse

* * *

poner vb

1. (colocar) to put [pt. & pp. put]

he puesto los libros en la estantería I've put the books on the shelf

2. (ropa, etc) to put on

ponle el abrigo al niño put the baby's coat on

3. (añadir) to put

¿le has puesto sal a las patatas? have you put any salt on the potatoes?

¿te pones azúcar? do you take sugar?

4. (escribir) to write [pt. wrote; pp. written] / to put

hay que poner la dirección en el sobre you have to write the address on the envelope

5. (programar) to set [pt. & pp. set]

he puesto el despertador a las siete I've set the alarm clock for seven

6. (encender) to put on / to turn on / to switch on

pon la tele turn the TV on

no pongas la radio muy alta don't put the radio on too loud

pon otro disco put another record on

7. (establecer) to open

han puesto una tienda de ordenadores they've opened a computer shop

8. (enviar) to send [pt. & pp. sent]

voy a poner un fax I'm going to send a fax

9. (comunicar) to put through

¿me pones con Asunción, por favor? can you put me through to Asunción, please?

10. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]

en el periódico pone que la película está muy bien it says in the newspaper that the film is very good

11. (proyectar) to be on

¿qué ponen en el Renoir? what's on at the Renoir?

esta noche no ponen nada interesante en la tele there's nothing interesting on TV tonight

12. (dar un nombre) to call

le han puesto Paula they've called her Paula

13. (imponer) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]

nos ponen muchos deberes they give us a lot of homework

le han puesto una multa he was fined

me han puesto un 8 I got 8 out of 10

14. (servir) to give

¿qué te pongo? what can I get you?

me puso una tapa de aceitunas he gave me some olives

¿me pone un kilo de tomates? can I have a kilo of tomatoes, please?

15. (aportar) to supply [pt. & pp. supplied] / to put in

yo pongo el pastel y tú traes el champán I'll supply the cake and you bring the champagne

pusimos mil pesetas cada uno we each put in a thousand pesetas

16. (suponer) to suppose / to say [pt. & pp. said]

pongamos por caso... suppose... / let's say...

poner cara de sorpresa to look surprised

poner huevos to lay eggs [pt. & pp. laid]

poner nervioso a alguien to get on somebody's nerves

Spanish-English dictionary > poner
87 acuerdo

m.

1 agreement (pacto).

llegar a un acuerdo to reach (an) agreement

acuerdo General sobre Aranceles y Comercio General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade

acuerdo marco (industry) framework agreement

acuerdo sobre productividad (industry) productivity agreement

acuerdo tácito tacit agreement

2 resolution.

3 settlement of a claim.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: acordar.

* * *

acuerdo

► nombre masculino

1 agreement

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

¡de acuerdo! all right!, O.K.!

de acuerdo con in accordance with

de común acuerdo by mutual agreement, by common consent

estar de acuerdo to agree ( con, with)

llegar a un acuerdo to come to an agreement

ponerse de acuerdo to agree

acuerdo marco framework agreement

* * *

noun m.

agreement, deal, understanding

- de acuerdo
- de acuerdo con
- estar de acuerdo
* * *

SM

1) (=decisión conjunta) agreement; [implícito, informal] understanding; [de negocios] deal

ambas partes quieren llegar a un acuerdo — both parties wish to come to o reach an agreement

tenemos una especie de acuerdo para no hacernos la competencia — we have a sort of understanding that we will not become competitors

llegaron a un acuerdo sin necesidad de acudir a juicio — they settled out of court

• de común acuerdo — by mutual agreement, by mutual consent

• de o por mutuo acuerdo — by mutual agreement, by mutual consent

• tomar un acuerdo, no tomaron ni un solo acuerdo en la reunión — nothing was agreed on in the meeting

se tomó el acuerdo de ofrecer ayuda a los países afectados — it was agreed to give aid to the affected countries

acuerdo de desarme — disarmament agreement, arms agreement

acuerdo de pago respectivo — (Com) knock-for-knock agreement, no-fault agreement (EEUU)

acuerdo de paz — peace agreement

acuerdo de pesca — fishing agreement

acuerdo de principio — agreement in principle

acuerdo entre caballeros — gentlemen's agreement

Acuerdo General sobre Aranceles Aduaneros y Comercio — General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade

acuerdo marco — framework agreement

acuerdo prematrimonial — prenuptial agreement

acuerdo tácito — unspoken agreement, tacit agreement

acuerdo verbal — verbal agreement

2)

• de acuerdo —

a) [independiente] OK, all right

sí, de acuerdo — yes, OK, yes, all right

cada uno pondremos 40 euros ¿de acuerdo? — we'll each put in 40 euros, OK o all right?

b)

• estar de acuerdo — to agree, be in agreement frm

en eso estamos de acuerdo — we agree on that, we're in agreement on that frm

sigo sin estar de acuerdo — I still don't agree

estoy totalmente de acuerdo contigo — I totally agree with you

estoy de acuerdo con que deberíamos mudarnos de casa — I agree that we should move house

c)

• ponerse de acuerdo — to come to an agreement, reach (an) agreement

aún no nos hemos puesto de acuerdo — we still haven't come to an agreement, we still haven reached (an) agreement

no se ponían de acuerdo en nada — they couldn't agree on anything

d)

• de acuerdo con — according to, in accordance with frm

todo se hizo de acuerdo con las reglas — everything was done according to o frm in accordance with the regulations

de acuerdo con el artículo 27 — as laid down in article 27, in accordance with article 27 frm

de acuerdo con estas fuentes, las dos mujeres fueron secuestradas — according to these sources, the two women were kidnapped

una casa de acuerdo con sus necesidades — a house to suit their needs

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( arreglo) agreement

llegar a or alcanzar un acuerdo — to reach an agreement

de común acuerdo — by mutual agreement

b) ( pacto) agreement

acuerdo de paz — peace agreement o (frml) accord

2) (en locs)

a)

de acuerdo: estar de acuerdo to agree; ponerse de acuerdo to come to o reach an agreement; estar de acuerdo en algo to agree on something; estamos de acuerdo en que... we all agree o we're all agreed that...; estar de acuerdo con alguien/algo to agree with somebody/something; no estoy de acuerdo con pagarle tanto I don't think we should pay him so much; ¿mañana a las ocho? - de acuerdo — (indep) tomorrow at eight? - OK o all right

b)

de acuerdo con or a — in accordance with

* * *

= agreement, arrangement, compromise, convention, partnership, understanding, covenant, accord, partnering, pact, accommodation, bargaining, settlement.

Ex. Complete agreement had not been possible, but the numbers of rules where divergent practices were evident is limited.

Ex. This arrangement is faster than waiting until documents are ordered.

Ex. A compromise between expressive and non-expressive notation is to be found in the Second Edition of the Bliss Bibliographic Classification Scheme.

Ex. Enter a concordat, 'modus vivendi', convention, or other formal agreement between the Holy See and a national government or other political jurisdiction under the party whose catalogue entry heading is first in English alphabetic order.

Ex. The partnership between the CLT and industry is considered in some detail.

Ex. A basic understanding in the concept of these libraries was the desire to confront the user with shelved books on entering and while moving through the building.

Ex. The article 'Public library: the Trojan Horse covenant' argues that too much emphasis is now placed on the privatisation of libraries, their transformation into information centres and collections which mirror current demands.

Ex. Only then, within the framework of inter-institutional accord, will academic library cooperative activities move forward more rapidly and purposefully.

Ex. These include partnering with: principals, teachers, community members, public librarians and businesses.

Ex. Issues discussed at some length included problems arising from a recent copyright pact with the USA and how each country can obtain access to the best literature of the other.

Ex. Whatever structure emerges will be one of accommodation and acceptance by the various stakeholders both in and outside the library.

Ex. The article is entitled 'Participatory something or other through bargaining'.

Ex. These settlements require the tobacco companies to make annual payments to the states in perpetuity, with total payments estimated at $246.

----

* aceptar los términos de un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.

* acuerdo bilateral = bilateral agreement.

* acuerdo con el fiscal = plea bargaining.

* acuerdo con el juez = plea bargaining, plea bargaining.

* acuerdo contractual = contractual agreement.

* acuerdo de colaboración = collaborative partnership, partnership agreement.

* acuerdo de cooperación = collaborative partnership.

* acuerdo de licencia = licensing agreement, licensing arrangement.

* acuerdo de paz = peace agreement.

* acuerdo económico = financial arrangement.

* acuerdo escrito = written agreement.

* acuerdo financiero = financial arrangement.

* Acuerdo General sobre Aranceles y Comercio (GATT) = General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT).

* acuerdo internacional = modus vivendi.

* acuerdo legal = legal agreement, legal settlement.

* acuerdo multilateral = multilateral agreement.

* acuerdo muto = meeting of (the) minds.

* acuerdo salarial = salary agreement.

* acuerdo secreto = secret deal.

* acuerdo sindical = union contract.

* acuerdo sobre el precio mínimo de los libros = net book agreement.

* acuerdo verbal = verbal agreement.

* alcanzar un acuerdo = reach + agreement, reach + compromise, hammer out + agreement.

* celebrar un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.

* cerrar un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, conclude + deal.

* compras fuera de acuerdos con proveedores = maverick spending.

* concertar un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, conclude + deal.

* contraer un acuerdo = contract + agreement.

* creación de acuerdo de colaboración = partnership building.

* crear un acuerdo = work out + agreement.

* críticos + no estar de acuerdo = critics + be divided.

* cumplir (con) un acuerdo = honour + commitment, honour + agreement, fill + Posesivo + agreement.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, judging from.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + view.

* dependiendo del acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* elaborar un acuerdo = draw up + agreement.

* establecer un acuerdo = work out + agreement.

* estando de acuerdo = approvingly.

* estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.

* estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.

* estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, jive with.

* estar de acuerdo (con = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.

* estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.

* estar totalmente de acuerdo con = be all for.

* firmar acuerdo = write + agreement.

* firmar un acuerdo = tie + the knot.

* llegar a acuerdo = make + arrangements.

* llegar a un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, reach + agreement, make + an undertaking, make + bargain, come to + consensus, reach + understanding, have + meeting of the minds, reach + consensus, hammer out + agreement, develop + compromise, work out + agreement, strike + deal, conclude + deal.

* negociar un acuerdo = negotiate + agreement.

* no estar de acuerdo = be at variance, disagree, beg to differ.

* no estar de acuerdo (con) = disapprove (of).

* no estar de acuerdo con la idea de = disapprove of + the idea of.

* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* ratificar un acuerdo = ratify + convention.

* renegociar un acuerdo = renegotiate + agreement.

* respetar un acuerdo = honour + commitment, honour + agreement.

* romper un acuerdo = sever + arrangement.

* si se llega a un acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* si todo va de acuerdo a lo planeado = all (other) things being equal.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* todos + estar de acuerdo = agree on + all hands.

* vivir de acuerdo con + Posesivo + ideales = live up to + Posesivo + ideals.

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( arreglo) agreement

llegar a or alcanzar un acuerdo — to reach an agreement

de común acuerdo — by mutual agreement

b) ( pacto) agreement

acuerdo de paz — peace agreement o (frml) accord

2) (en locs)

a)

de acuerdo: estar de acuerdo to agree; ponerse de acuerdo to come to o reach an agreement; estar de acuerdo en algo to agree on something; estamos de acuerdo en que... we all agree o we're all agreed that...; estar de acuerdo con alguien/algo to agree with somebody/something; no estoy de acuerdo con pagarle tanto I don't think we should pay him so much; ¿mañana a las ocho? - de acuerdo — (indep) tomorrow at eight? - OK o all right

b)

de acuerdo con or a — in accordance with

* * *

= agreement, arrangement, compromise, convention, partnership, understanding, covenant, accord, partnering, pact, accommodation, bargaining, settlement.

Ex: Complete agreement had not been possible, but the numbers of rules where divergent practices were evident is limited.

Ex: This arrangement is faster than waiting until documents are ordered.

Ex: A compromise between expressive and non-expressive notation is to be found in the Second Edition of the Bliss Bibliographic Classification Scheme.

Ex: Enter a concordat, 'modus vivendi', convention, or other formal agreement between the Holy See and a national government or other political jurisdiction under the party whose catalogue entry heading is first in English alphabetic order.

Ex: The partnership between the CLT and industry is considered in some detail.

Ex: A basic understanding in the concept of these libraries was the desire to confront the user with shelved books on entering and while moving through the building.

Ex: The article 'Public library: the Trojan Horse covenant' argues that too much emphasis is now placed on the privatisation of libraries, their transformation into information centres and collections which mirror current demands.

Ex: Only then, within the framework of inter-institutional accord, will academic library cooperative activities move forward more rapidly and purposefully.

Ex: These include partnering with: principals, teachers, community members, public librarians and businesses.

Ex: Issues discussed at some length included problems arising from a recent copyright pact with the USA and how each country can obtain access to the best literature of the other.

Ex: Whatever structure emerges will be one of accommodation and acceptance by the various stakeholders both in and outside the library.

Ex: The article is entitled 'Participatory something or other through bargaining'.

Ex: These settlements require the tobacco companies to make annual payments to the states in perpetuity, with total payments estimated at $246.

* aceptar los términos de un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.

* acuerdo bilateral = bilateral agreement.

* acuerdo con el fiscal = plea bargaining.

* acuerdo con el juez = plea bargaining, plea bargaining.

* acuerdo contractual = contractual agreement.

* acuerdo de colaboración = collaborative partnership, partnership agreement.

* acuerdo de cooperación = collaborative partnership.

* acuerdo de licencia = licensing agreement, licensing arrangement.

* acuerdo de paz = peace agreement.

* acuerdo económico = financial arrangement.

* acuerdo escrito = written agreement.

* acuerdo financiero = financial arrangement.

* Acuerdo General sobre Aranceles y Comercio (GATT) = General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT).

* acuerdo internacional = modus vivendi.

* acuerdo legal = legal agreement, legal settlement.

* acuerdo multilateral = multilateral agreement.

* acuerdo muto = meeting of (the) minds.

* acuerdo salarial = salary agreement.

* acuerdo secreto = secret deal.

* acuerdo sindical = union contract.

* acuerdo sobre el precio mínimo de los libros = net book agreement.

* acuerdo verbal = verbal agreement.

* alcanzar un acuerdo = reach + agreement, reach + compromise, hammer out + agreement.

* celebrar un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.

* cerrar un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, conclude + deal.

* compras fuera de acuerdos con proveedores = maverick spending.

* concertar un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, conclude + deal.

* contraer un acuerdo = contract + agreement.

* creación de acuerdo de colaboración = partnership building.

* crear un acuerdo = work out + agreement.

* críticos + no estar de acuerdo = critics + be divided.

* cumplir (con) un acuerdo = honour + commitment, honour + agreement, fill + Posesivo + agreement.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, judging from.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + view.

* dependiendo del acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* elaborar un acuerdo = draw up + agreement.

* establecer un acuerdo = work out + agreement.

* estando de acuerdo = approvingly.

* estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.

* estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.

* estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, jive with.

* estar de acuerdo (con = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.

* estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.

* estar totalmente de acuerdo con = be all for.

* firmar acuerdo = write + agreement.

* firmar un acuerdo = tie + the knot.

* llegar a acuerdo = make + arrangements.

* llegar a un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, reach + agreement, make + an undertaking, make + bargain, come to + consensus, reach + understanding, have + meeting of the minds, reach + consensus, hammer out + agreement, develop + compromise, work out + agreement, strike + deal, conclude + deal.

* negociar un acuerdo = negotiate + agreement.

* no estar de acuerdo = be at variance, disagree, beg to differ.

* no estar de acuerdo (con) = disapprove (of).

* no estar de acuerdo con la idea de = disapprove of + the idea of.

* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* ratificar un acuerdo = ratify + convention.

* renegociar un acuerdo = renegotiate + agreement.

* respetar un acuerdo = honour + commitment, honour + agreement.

* romper un acuerdo = sever + arrangement.

* si se llega a un acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* si todo va de acuerdo a lo planeado = all (other) things being equal.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* todos + estar de acuerdo = agree on + all hands.

* vivir de acuerdo con + Posesivo + ideales = live up to + Posesivo + ideals.

* * *

acuerdo

masculine

A

1 (arreglo) agreement

llegar a or alcanzar un acuerdo to reach an agreement

se separaron de común acuerdo they separated by mutual agreement

2 (pacto) agreement

un acuerdo verbal a verbal agreement

los acuerdos de paz the peace agreements o ( frml) accords

Compuestos:

● acuerdo de asociación

(UE) association agreement

● acuerdo marco

outline agreement

● acuerdo prematrimonial

prenuptial agreement

● acuerdo salarial

wage settlement

B ( en locs)

1

de acuerdo ( loc adv): todos estamos de acuerdo we all agree

al final se pusieron de acuerdo in the end they came to o reached an agreement

de acuerdo EN algo:

están de acuerdo en todo they agree on everything

estamos de acuerdo en que va a ser difícil we all agree o we're all agreed that it's going to be difficult

estar de acuerdo CON algn/algo to agree WITH sb/sth

sobre ese punto estoy de acuerdo con ellos I agree with them on that point

no estoy de acuerdo contigo I don't agree with you, I disagree with you

no estoy de acuerdo con pagarle tanto I don't agree o I disagree with paying him so much

no estoy de acuerdo con lo que acabas de decir I don't agree with what you've just said

2

de acuerdo ( indep) OK, okay

¿mañana a las ocho? — de acuerdo tomorrow at eight? — OK o all right

salimos a las 6 ¿de acuerdo? we leave at 6, OK o okay?

3

de acuerdo con or a ( loc prep) in accordance with

de acuerdo con lo establecido en el contrato in accordance with what is laid down in the contract ( frml), as laid down in the contract

* * *

Del verbo acordar: ( conjugate acordar)

acuerdo es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

Multiple Entries:
acordar
acuerdo
acordar ( conjugate acordar) verbo transitivo ‹ términos› to agree;
‹precio/fecha› to agree (on)
■ verbo intransitivo (Andes) ( recordar) acuerdole a algn de hacer algo/que haga algo to remind sb to do sth
acordarse verbo pronominal
to remember;
◊ si mal no me acuerdo if I remember right;

acuerdose de algn/algo to remember sb/sth;
no quiero ni acuerdome I don't even want to think about it;
acuerdose de hacer algo (de una acción que hay/había que realizar) to remember to do sth;

( de una acción que ya se realizó) to remember o recall doing sth;
◊ se acordó de haberlo visto allí she remembered o recalled seeing him there;

acuerdose (de) que … to remember that …
acuerdo sustantivo masculino
a) (arreglo, pacto) agreement;

◊ llegar a un acuerdo to reach an agreement; acuerdo de paz peace agreement o (frml) accord

b)

◊ estar de acuerdo to agree;

ponerse de acuerdo to come to o reach an agreement;
estar de acuerdo en algo to agree on something;
estar de acuerdo con algn/algo to agree with sb/sth;
¿mañana a las ocho? — de acuerdo ( indep) tomorrow at eight? — OK o all right
c) de acuerdo con or a in accordance with

acordar verbo transitivo to agree: los sindicatos acordaron convocar una huelga, the trade unions agreed to call a strike ➣ Ver nota en agree
acuerdo sustantivo masculino
1 agreement
acuerdo marco, framework agreement
2 (conformidad) estoy de acuerdo contigo, I agree with you
estoy de acuerdo en que es un disparate, I agree that it's ridiculous
estábamos de acuerdo en vender la casa, we agreed to sell the house
nunca se ponen de acuerdo, they never agree ➣ Ver nota en agree
3 excl (asentimiento) ¡de acuerdo!, all right!, O.K.! ➣ Ver nota en all right
♦ Locuciones: de acuerdo con, (según) in accordance with
de común acuerdo, by common consent
' acuerdo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acordarse
- aunar
- bien
- bilateral
- botepronto
- cerrar
- cierta
- cierto
- coincidir
- compromisaria
- compromisario
- compromiso
- comulgar
- común
- concesión
- conforme
- cumplir
- dialogar
- dinamitar
- entendimiento
- entorpecer
- estar
- excepto
- luego
- misma
- mismo
- prematrimonial
- refrendar
- saldar
- según
- sellar
- suscribir
- tácita
- tácito
- tardía
- tardío
- tratado
- tripartita
- tripartito
- unitaria
- unitario
- vendedor
- vendedora
- verificarse
- vulnerar
- acordar
- alcanzar
- aplicar
- aprobación
- aprobar
English:
accord
- accordance
- advantageous
- affirm
- agree
- agreeable
- agreement
- all right
- altogether
- amicable
- approve
- approve of
- arms control
- arrangement
- assent
- back away
- beg
- blank
- bond
- compromise
- concur
- convenient
- deadlock
- deal
- disagree
- enter into
- equitable
- fall through
- few
- formalize
- fulfillment
- fulfilment
- full
- go along with
- grant
- hammer out
- honourable
- hope
- horn
- how
- informal
- issue
- keep
- keeping
- lip
- long-standing
- many
- most
- OK
- okay

* * *

acuerdo

♦ ver acordar

♦ nm

1. [determinación, pacto] agreement;

un acuerdo verbal a verbal agreement;

llegar a un acuerdo to reach (an) agreement;

tomar un acuerdo to make a decision;

no hubo acuerdo they did not reach (an) agreement;

de común acuerdo by common consent

Comp
acuerdo arancelario tariff agreement;
acuerdo comercial trade agreement;

Acuerdo General sobre Aranceles y Comercio General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade;
Informát acuerdo de licencia licence agreement;
acuerdo marco general o framework agreement;

acuerdo de paz peace agreement o deal;
Fin acuerdo de recompra repurchase agreement;
acuerdo salarial pay agreement, pay deal;

acuerdo tácito tacit agreement

2. Am [recuerdo]
hazme acuerdo de comprar pan remind me to buy some bread

3. Méx [reunión] staff meeting

♦ de acuerdo loc adv

1. [conforme]
estar de acuerdo (con algo/alguien) to agree (with sth/sb);

estar de acuerdo en algo to agree on sth;

estamos de acuerdo en que es necesario encontrar una solución we agree that we have to find a solution;

ponerse de acuerdo (con alguien) to agree (with sb), to come to an agreement (with sb)

2. [bien, vale] all right;

lo traeré mañana – de acuerdo I'll bring it tomorrow – all right o fine;

de acuerdo, me has convencido, lo haremos a tu manera all right, you've convinced me, we'll do it your way

3.
de acuerdo con [conforme a] in accordance with;

de acuerdo con cifras oficiales… according to official figures…

* * *

acuerdo

m

1 agreement;

acuerdo comercial trade agreement;

estar de acuerdo con agree with, be in agreement with;

llegar a un acuerdo, ponerse de acuerdo come to o reach an agreement ( con with);

tomar un acuerdo reach an agreement;

de común acuerdo by mutual agreement;

¡de acuerdo! all right!, OK!

2

:

de acuerdo con algo in accordance with sth

* * *

acuerdo nm

1) : agreement

2)

estar de acuerdo : to agree

3)

de acuerdo con : in accordance with

4)

de acuerdo : OK, all right

* * *

acuerdo n agreement

de acuerdo all right / OK

estar de acuerdo to agree

ponerse de acuerdo to agree

Spanish-English dictionary > acuerdo
88 condicionar

v.

1 to prepare, to fit.

María condicionó el cuarto para ella Mary prepared the room for her.

2 to condition, to accustom, to habituate.

María condicionó su regreso Mary conditioned her return.

María condicionó a Pit a la jaula Mary conditioned Pit to the cage.

3 to condition, to put conditions on, to impose condition on.

María condicionó su regreso Mary conditioned her return.

* * *

condicionar

► verbo transitivo

1 (influir en) to condition, determine

2 (supeditar) to make conditional

* * *

verb

to condition

* * *

VT

1) (=influir) to condition, determine

¿en qué medida condiciona el clima su forma de vida? — to what extent does the climate condition o determine your way of life?

2) (=supeditar)

condicionar algo a algo — to make sth conditional on sth

condicionó su apoyo a la retirada del otro candidato — he made his support conditional on the withdrawal of the other candidate

* * *

verbo transitivo

a) ( determinar) to condition, determine

b) ( supeditar)

condicionar algo a algo — to make something conditional on something

* * *

= place + restraint, condition, determine.

Ex. The subsequent expansion upon gaining University status in 1966 placed ever increasing and severe restraints upon the full development of the library service.

Ex. Each individual is conditioned by the culture in which he grows up and shares or rejects its commonly-held values.

Ex. This assignment of intellectual responsibility is important, as we have seen earlier, since it determines the heading for the main entry.

----

* condicionar la vida = condition + life.

* * *

verbo transitivo

a) ( determinar) to condition, determine

b) ( supeditar)

condicionar algo a algo — to make something conditional on something

* * *

= place + restraint, condition, determine.

Ex: The subsequent expansion upon gaining University status in 1966 placed ever increasing and severe restraints upon the full development of the library service.

Ex: Each individual is conditioned by the culture in which he grows up and shares or rejects its commonly-held values.

Ex: This assignment of intellectual responsibility is important, as we have seen earlier, since it determines the heading for the main entry.

* condicionar la vida = condition + life.

* * *

condicionar [A1 ]

vt

1 (determinar) to condition, determine

2 (supeditar) condicionar algo A algo to make sth conditional ON sth

estará condicionado a una mayor productividad it will be conditional on increased productivity

* * *

condicionar ( conjugate condicionar) verbo transitivo
a) ( determinar) to condition, determine

b) ( supeditar) condicionar algo a algo to make sth conditional on sth

condicionar verbo transitivo
1 (supeditar) to make conditional
2 (influir, determinar) to condition: la publicidad condiciona el volumen de ventas, advertising determines the volume of sales
' condicionar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
determinar
English:
condition
- determine

* * *

condicionar vt

1. [hacer dependiente de]
condicionar algo a algo to make sth dependent on sth

2. [influir] to influence

* * *

condicionar

v/t

:

condicionar algo en make sth conditional on

* * *

condicionar vt

1) : to condition, to determine

2)

condicionar a : to be contingent on, to depend on

Spanish-English dictionary > condicionar
89 imponer una restricción

(v.) = place + requirement, place + restraint

Ex. Page sizes and programm restrictions place certain requirements on the data in the online system.

Ex. The subsequent expansion upon gaining University status in 1966 placed ever increasing and severe restraints upon the full development of the library service.

* * *

(v.) = place + requirement, place + restraint

Ex: Page sizes and programm restrictions place certain requirements on the data in the online system.

Ex: The subsequent expansion upon gaining University status in 1966 placed ever increasing and severe restraints upon the full development of the library service.

Spanish-English dictionary > imponer una restricción
90 obtener un estatus

(v.) = gain + status

Ex. The subsequent expansion upon gaining University status in 1966 placed ever increasing and severe restraints upon the full development of the library service.

* * *

(v.) = gain + status

Ex: The subsequent expansion upon gaining University status in 1966 placed ever increasing and severe restraints upon the full development of the library service.

Spanish-English dictionary > obtener un estatus
91 obtener una categoría

(v.) = gain + status

Ex. The subsequent expansion upon gaining University status in 1966 placed ever increasing and severe restraints upon the full development of the library service.

* * *

(v.) = gain + status

Ex: The subsequent expansion upon gaining University status in 1966 placed ever increasing and severe restraints upon the full development of the library service.

Spanish-English dictionary > obtener una categoría
92 otorgar un título

(v.) = confer + degree, award + Título, bestow + title

Ex. Doctor's degrees in library science in Yugoslavia have been conferred in the University of Belgrade.

Ex. B.Sc. and M.Phil. degrees will be awarded and emphasis will be placed on practicals and fieldwork in the new library school planned in Kenya.

Ex. This title can be bestowed not only upon libraries staffed by professional librarians but also upon those served by volunteers.

* * *

(v.) = confer + degree, award + Título, bestow + title

Ex: Doctor's degrees in library science in Yugoslavia have been conferred in the University of Belgrade.

Ex: B.Sc. and M.Phil. degrees will be awarded and emphasis will be placed on practicals and fieldwork in the new library school planned in Kenya.

Ex: This title can be bestowed not only upon libraries staffed by professional librarians but also upon those served by volunteers.

Spanish-English dictionary > otorgar un título
93 presentación

f.

1 presentation, show, staging, presentment.

2 presentation, appearance, appearing, showing up.

3 introduction.

4 submission.

Presentación de un documento Submission of a document.

5 presentation, accordance, bestowal, conferral.

6 Presentacion.

* * *

presentación

► nombre femenino

1 (de un objeto, documento, etc) presentation, showing

■ la presentación del carné es imprescindible para entrar passes must be shown to allow access

■ ¿para cuándo es la presentación de la traducción? when do we have to hand in the translation?

2 (de personas) introduction

■ nuestro invitado de hoy no requiere presentación alguna our guest today needs no introduction

3 (de producto - lanzamiento) launching; (- exposición) presentation

4 PLÍTICA (a elecciones) candidature, candidacy

5 (aspecto) presentation

■ la presentación del curriculum tiene que ser excelente your CV must be extremely well presented

6 (de un programa) presentation

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

hacer las presentaciones to do the introductions

presentación en sociedad début

* * *

noun f.

1) presentation

2) debut

3) introduction

* * *

SF

1) [entre personas] introduction

tras las oportunas presentaciones — after the appropriate introductions
carta 1), tarjeta
2) (=introducción) [de personaje, proyecto] presentation; [de producto] launch, presentation; [de campaña] launch

el cantante llevó a cabo la presentación del acto — the singer presented o hosted the event

texto de presentación — introduction

presentación de modelos — fashion parade, fashion show

presentación editorial — [dentro del libro] publisher's foreword; [en contraportada] publisher's blurb

presentación en público — first public appearance, debut

presentación en sociedad — coming out, debut

3) (=concurrencia)

tras su presentación al concurso — after entering the competition

¿cuáles son los motivos de su presentación a las elecciones? — what are your reasons for standing in these elections?

4) (=llegada) turning up

su presentación en mitad de la reunión — her turning up in the middle of the meeting

no entendemos el por qué de su presentación sin avisar — we don't understand why he turned up unannounced

5) (=entrega) submission

la fecha de presentación del escrito — the date the document was submitted, the submission date of the document

la presentación del trabajo tendrá que hacerse antes del día 31 — the work must be submitted before the 31st

el plazo de presentación de solicitudes está ya cerrado — applications are no longer being accepted, the closing date for applications is now past

6) (=muestra) presentation

previa presentación de su carné de socio — on presentation of your membership card

se requiere la presentación de la invitación — invitations must be presented o shown on request

7) (=aspecto) [de persona] appearance; [de comida, producto, trabajo] presentation

se requiere buena presentación a los candidatos — candidates must be of good appearance

8) Chile (=solicitud) petition

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( de personas) introduction

hizo las presentaciones — he did o made the introductions

b) ( de programa) presentation

la presentación del concurso corre a cargo de... — the competition/contest is hosted by...

c) ( primera exposición) presentation (frml), launch

la presentación del libro — the book launch

d) (muestra, entrega) presentation

hizo la presentación de credenciales — he presented his credentials

el límite de tiempo para la presentación del trabajo — the deadline for handing in the work

2) ( aspecto) presentation

la presentación de un producto — the way a product is presented

•

- presentación en sociedad

* * *

= account, display, disposition, exposition, layout, lecture, presentation, presentation, speech, submission, delivery, introduction, look and feel, debriefing, skin, rendition, rendering, rollout [roll-out], viewing, show.

Ex. In the interests of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex. However, the display of the index entries differs.

Ex. Their main concern was the readable disposition of machine readable records.

Ex. Ninety-nine years ago Charles Cutter began his exposition of a set of cataloging rules with the following objectives.

Ex. Diagrammatic presentation of the layout of the collection conveniently placed, for example, near the entrance.

Ex. The staff undertake searches and enquiries for the user and educate the user by various ways, from informal discussion to fully prepared lectures.

Ex. KWOC or Keyword Out of Context indexes are intended to improve upon KWIC indexes, with regards to layout and presentation.

Ex. There are two other aspects of institutions I want to consider before moving to the closing section of this presentation.

Ex. For the sake of editorial continuity, those speeches which were given at both locations (for example, Mr. Gorman's presentation) are only printed here once.

Ex. Most commercial abstracting services rely upon the refereeing procedure applied to the original document in order to eliminate insignificant and inaccurate submissions.

Ex. Just as delivery must be tuned to suit the kind of material chosen, so must the language used to tell a story.

Ex. Frequently, a tour of the library is provided for the new trustee, with introductions to available staff members.

Ex. Paperback publishers know how strong an influence the look and feel of a book can have in attracting or repelling buyers.

Ex. Students will write final essays on their search, and debriefings will be conducted in the classroom.

Ex. Skin technology in Web gateways allows systems to be personalized for grupos of users.

Ex. Librarians find this rendition of the public library story comforting, for it is quite fashionable to be identified with idealistic and humanitarian reform in this country.

Ex. It is proposed that a dictionary of personal proper names be compiled as a way to reach uniformity in the rendering of foreign personal names into Russian Cyrillic and back into the Latin alphabet.

Ex. The interview provides a behind-the-scenes look at the company's preparation for the service's official rollout in Summer 2000.

Ex. There will be a private viewing for conference-goers of Chicago's Art Institute and a reception at the Newberry Library with culinary delights created by Chef Louis Szathmary.

Ex. All interested parties were summoned to further cooperate for the success of the show.

----

* carta de presentación = cover letter, letter of introduction, calling card.

* claridad de presentación = clarity of presentation.

* convocatoria de presentación de artículos = call for papers.

* convocatoria de presentación de candidaturas = call for nominations.

* convocatoria de presentación de comunicaciones = call for papers.

* convocatoria de presentación de ponencias = call for papers.

* convocatoria de presentación de proyectos = call for projects, project plan, call for proposals.

* convocatoria de presentación de solicitudes = call for expressions of interest.

* dispositivo de presentación visual = VDU (Visual Display Unit).

* forma de presentación = form of presentation.

* formato de presentación con identificadores = labelled format.

* formato de presentación en columnas = tabular format.

* formato de presentación en pantalla = screen display format.

* formato de presentación en papel = hard copy format.

* hacer una presentación = make + presentation, give + a talk, give + a presentation.

* hace una presentación = give + speech.

* modo de presentación visual = display device.

* nivel de presentación = level of presentation.

* página de presentación = home page [homepage].

* plazo de presentación = call for projects, call for papers.

* plazo de presentación de proyectos = call for proposals.

* portada de presentación = home page [homepage].

* presentación anticipada = preview.

* presentación circular de títulos = wrap-around.

* presentación comercial = technical presentation.

* presentación conjunta = packaging.

* presentación de diapositivas = slide show [slideshow].

* presentación de diapositivas con cinta = tape/slide show.

* presentación de informes = reporting.

* presentación de la página = page layout.

* presentación de la sobrecubierta = blurb, jacket blurb.

* presentación de libros = book talk [booktalk/book-talk].

* presentación de uno mismo = self-presentation.

* presentación de un proyecto de manera convincente = business case.

* presentación en = commitment.

* presentación en línea = online display.

* presentación en pantalla = display, online display.

* presentación en vídeo = video display.

* presentación gráfica de términos permutados = permuted display.

* presentación mediante ordenador = computer projection.

* presentación multimedia = multimedia presentation, multimedia show.

* presentación oral = oral presentation.

* presentación sistemática = classified display.

* presentación técnica = technical presentation.

* presentación visual = visual presentation.

* relacionado con la presentación de evidencias = evidentiary.

* sesión de presentaciones informales = poster session.

* tarjeta de presentación = business card, calling card, visiting card.

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( de personas) introduction

hizo las presentaciones — he did o made the introductions

b) ( de programa) presentation

la presentación del concurso corre a cargo de... — the competition/contest is hosted by...

c) ( primera exposición) presentation (frml), launch

la presentación del libro — the book launch

d) (muestra, entrega) presentation

hizo la presentación de credenciales — he presented his credentials

el límite de tiempo para la presentación del trabajo — the deadline for handing in the work

2) ( aspecto) presentation

la presentación de un producto — the way a product is presented

•

- presentación en sociedad

* * *

= account, display, disposition, exposition, layout, lecture, presentation, presentation, speech, submission, delivery, introduction, look and feel, debriefing, skin, rendition, rendering, rollout [roll-out], viewing, show.

Ex: In the interests of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex: However, the display of the index entries differs.

Ex: Their main concern was the readable disposition of machine readable records.

Ex: Ninety-nine years ago Charles Cutter began his exposition of a set of cataloging rules with the following objectives.

Ex: Diagrammatic presentation of the layout of the collection conveniently placed, for example, near the entrance.

Ex: The staff undertake searches and enquiries for the user and educate the user by various ways, from informal discussion to fully prepared lectures.

Ex: KWOC or Keyword Out of Context indexes are intended to improve upon KWIC indexes, with regards to layout and presentation.

Ex: There are two other aspects of institutions I want to consider before moving to the closing section of this presentation.

Ex: For the sake of editorial continuity, those speeches which were given at both locations (for example, Mr. Gorman's presentation) are only printed here once.

Ex: Most commercial abstracting services rely upon the refereeing procedure applied to the original document in order to eliminate insignificant and inaccurate submissions.

Ex: Just as delivery must be tuned to suit the kind of material chosen, so must the language used to tell a story.

Ex: Frequently, a tour of the library is provided for the new trustee, with introductions to available staff members.

Ex: Paperback publishers know how strong an influence the look and feel of a book can have in attracting or repelling buyers.

Ex: Students will write final essays on their search, and debriefings will be conducted in the classroom.

Ex: Skin technology in Web gateways allows systems to be personalized for grupos of users.

Ex: Librarians find this rendition of the public library story comforting, for it is quite fashionable to be identified with idealistic and humanitarian reform in this country.

Ex: It is proposed that a dictionary of personal proper names be compiled as a way to reach uniformity in the rendering of foreign personal names into Russian Cyrillic and back into the Latin alphabet.

Ex: The interview provides a behind-the-scenes look at the company's preparation for the service's official rollout in Summer 2000.

Ex: There will be a private viewing for conference-goers of Chicago's Art Institute and a reception at the Newberry Library with culinary delights created by Chef Louis Szathmary.

Ex: All interested parties were summoned to further cooperate for the success of the show.

* carta de presentación = cover letter, letter of introduction, calling card.

* claridad de presentación = clarity of presentation.

* convocatoria de presentación de artículos = call for papers.

* convocatoria de presentación de candidaturas = call for nominations.

* convocatoria de presentación de comunicaciones = call for papers.

* convocatoria de presentación de ponencias = call for papers.

* convocatoria de presentación de proyectos = call for projects, project plan, call for proposals.

* convocatoria de presentación de solicitudes = call for expressions of interest.

* dispositivo de presentación visual = VDU (Visual Display Unit).

* forma de presentación = form of presentation.

* formato de presentación con identificadores = labelled format.

* formato de presentación en columnas = tabular format.

* formato de presentación en pantalla = screen display format.

* formato de presentación en papel = hard copy format.

* hacer una presentación = make + presentation, give + a talk, give + a presentation.

* hace una presentación = give + speech.

* modo de presentación visual = display device.

* nivel de presentación = level of presentation.

* página de presentación = home page [homepage].

* plazo de presentación = call for projects, call for papers.

* plazo de presentación de proyectos = call for proposals.

* portada de presentación = home page [homepage].

* presentación anticipada = preview.

* presentación circular de títulos = wrap-around.

* presentación comercial = technical presentation.

* presentación conjunta = packaging.

* presentación de diapositivas = slide show [slideshow].

* presentación de diapositivas con cinta = tape/slide show.

* presentación de informes = reporting.

* presentación de la página = page layout.

* presentación de la sobrecubierta = blurb, jacket blurb.

* presentación de libros = book talk [booktalk/book-talk].

* presentación de uno mismo = self-presentation.

* presentación de un proyecto de manera convincente = business case.

* presentación en = commitment.

* presentación en línea = online display.

* presentación en pantalla = display, online display.

* presentación en vídeo = video display.

* presentación gráfica de términos permutados = permuted display.

* presentación mediante ordenador = computer projection.

* presentación multimedia = multimedia presentation, multimedia show.

* presentación oral = oral presentation.

* presentación sistemática = classified display.

* presentación técnica = technical presentation.

* presentación visual = visual presentation.

* relacionado con la presentación de evidencias = evidentiary.

* sesión de presentaciones informales = poster session.

* tarjeta de presentación = business card, calling card, visiting card.

* * *

presentación

feminine

A

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (de personas) introduction

hizo las presentaciones he did o made the introductions, he introduced everybody

2 (de un programa) presentation

la presentación del concurso corre a cargo de Laura Soler Laura Soler hosts o presents the competition

3 (primera exposición) presentation ( frml), launch

la presentación del libro tendrá lugar esta tarde the book launch will take place this evening

se llevó a cabo la presentación pública del avión the rollout of the aircraft took place

4 (entrega) presentation

hizo la presentación de credenciales he presented his credentials

el plazo de presentación de solicitudes termina mañana tomorrow is the last day for submitting applications

el límite de tiempo para la presentación del trabajo the deadline for handing in the work

5 (acción de enseñar) presentation

admisión previa presentación de la invitación admission on presentation of invitation

B (aspecto) presentation

la presentación de un plato es tan importante como su sabor the presentation of a dish o the way a dish is presented is as important as its taste

la presentación de un producto the way a product is presented

Compuesto:

presentación en sociedad

coming out, debut

* * *

presentación sustantivo femenino ( en general) presentation;
( de personas) introduction
presentación sustantivo femenino
1 (de un programa, de pruebas, etc) presentation
2 (de un producto) launch
3 (de personas) introduction
4 (aspecto exterior) presentation, appearance
' presentación' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
carta
- escanear
- agilizar
- cuidado
- en
- esmerado
- inmaculado
- poner
- tarjeta
- venir
English:
appearance
- cover letter
- covering
- intro
- introduction
- presentation
- production
- reading
- rerun
- slick
- submission
- trooping
- packaging

* * *

presentación nf

1. [aspecto exterior] presentation;

una presentación muy cuidada [de libro, plato] a very meticulous o careful presentation;
[de persona] an impeccable appearance
Comp
Informát presentación preliminar preview
2. [de dimisión] tendering;
[de tesis, pruebas, propuesta] submission; [de moción] proposal;
mañana concluye el plazo de presentación de candidaturas tomorrow is the last day for submitting applications

3. [entre personas] introduction;

ya me encargo yo de hacer las presentaciones I'll see to making the introductions

4. [de producto, persona] launch, presentation;

la presentación de un libro/disco the launch of a book/record;

la presentación del nuevo jugador tuvo lugar ayer the new player was introduced to the press for the first time yesterday

Comp
presentación en sociedad coming out, debut
5. [de programa]
la presentación del telediario corre a cargo de María Gala the news is presented o read by María Gala

* * *

presentación

f

1 presentation

2 COM launch

3 entre personas introduction

* * *

presentación nf, pl - ciones

1) : presentation

2) : introduction

3) : appearance

* * *

presentación n

1. (en general) presentation

la presentación de un regalo es importante the presentation of a gift is important

2. (de un producto) launch

la presentación de un nuevo disco the launch of a new record

Spanish-English dictionary > presentación
94 statuo

stătŭo, ui, utum, 3, v. a. [statum, sup. of sto], to cause to stand (cf.: colloco, pono).
I.
Corporeally.
A.
To cause to stand, set up, set, station, fix in an upright position.
1.
To set up, set in the ground, erect:
ibi arbores pedicino in lapide statuito,
Cato, R. R. 18:
inter parietes arbores ubi statues,
id. ib.:
stipites statuito,
id. ib.:
palis statutis crebris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 14 init.:
pedamenta jacentia statuenda,
are to be raised, Col. 4, 26:
pedamentum inter duas vitis,
Plin. 17, 22, 21, § 194:
hic statui volo primum aquilam,
the standard of the troops, Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 7:
signifer, statue signum,
plant the ensign, Liv. 5, 55, 1; Val. Max. 1, 5, 1.—
2.
To plant (rare):
eodem modo vineam statuito, alligato, flexatoque uti fuerit,
Plin. 17, 22, 35, § 198:
agro qui statuit meo Te, triste lignum (i. e. arborem),
Hor. C. 2, 13, 10.—
3.
In gen., to place, set or fix, set up, set forth things or persons.
a.
Without specifying the place:
ollam statuito cum aqua,
let a jar stand with water, Cato, R. R. 156 (157):
crateras magnos statuunt, i. e. on the table,
Verg. A. 1, 724; so,
crateras laeti statuunt,
id. ib. 7, 147: haec carina satis probe fundata et bene statuta est, well placed, i. e. so that the hull stands perpendicularly (cf.:
bene lineatam carinam collocavit, v. 42),
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 44:
nec quidquam explicare, nec statuere potuerant, nec quod statutum esset, manebat, omnia perscindente vento,
Liv. 21, 58, 7:
eo die tabernacula statui passus non est,
to pitch, Caes. B. C. 1, 81; so, aciem statuere, to draw up an army:
aciem quam arte statuerat, latius porrigit,
Sall. J. 52, 6.—
b.
With designation of the place by in and abl.; by adv. of place; by ante, apud, ad, circa, super, and acc.; by pro and abl.; by abl. alone (very rare), or by in and acc. (very rare): signa domi pro supellectile statuere, Cato ap. Prisc. 7, 19, 95 (p. 782 P.):
statuite hic lectulos,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 7:
etiamsi in caelo Capitolium statueretur,
Cic. Or. 3, 46, 180:
statuitur Sollius in illo gladiatorum convivio... atuitur, ut dico, eques Romanus in Apronii convivio,
is taken to the banquet, id. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 61 sq.:
tabernacula in foro statuere,
Liv. 39, 46, 3:
in principiis statuit tabernaculum,
Nep. Eum. 7, 1:
in nostris castris tibi tabernaculum statue,
Curt. 5, 11, 6; 8, 13, 20:
statui in medium undique conspicuum tabernaculum jussit,
id. 9, 6, 1:
(sagittae) longae, nisi prius in terra statuerent arcum, haud satis apte imponuntur,
id. 8, 14, 19:
sedes curules sacerdotum Augustalium locis, superque eas querceae coronae statuerentur,
Tac. A. 2, 83:
donum deae apud Antium statuitur,
id. ib. 3, 71:
pro rigidis calamos columnis,
Ov. F. 3, 529:
jamque ratem Scythicis auster statuisset in oris,
Val. Fl. 3, 653:
statuere vas in loco frigido,
Pall. Oct. 22.—Of living beings:
capite in terram statuerem, Ut cerebro dispergat viam,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 18:
qui capite ipse sua in statuit vestigia sese (= qui sese ipse capite in sua vestigia statuit),
i. e. stands on his head, Lucr. 4, 472:
patrem ejus a mortuis excitasses, statuisses ante oculos,
Cic. Or. 1, 57, 245:
captivos vinctos in medio statuit,
Liv. 21, 42, 1:
ubi primum equus Curtium in vado statuit,
id. 1, 13, 5:
quattuor cohortes in fronte statuit,
id. 28, 33, 12:
ante se statuit funditores,
id. 42, 58, 10:
puerum ad canendum ante tibicinem cum statuisset,
id. 7, 2, 9:
procul in conspectu eum (Philopoemenem) statuerunt,
id. 39, 49, 11:
media porta robora legionum, duabus circa portis milites levemque armaturam statuit,
id. 23, 16, 8:
bovem ad fanum Dianae et ante aram statuit,
id. 1, 45, 6:
cum Calchanta circa aram statuisset,
Val. Max. 8, 11, ext. 6:
marium si qui eo loci statuisset,
id. 3, 1, 2 fin.:
adulescentes ante Caesarem statuunt,
Tac. A. 4, 8:
in fronte statuerat ferratos, in cornibus cohortes,
id. ib. 3, 45:
puer quis Ad cyathum statuetur?
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8:
tu cum pro vitula statuis dulcem Aulide natam Ante aras,
id. S. 2, 3, 199:
et statuam ante aras aurata fronte juvencum,
Verg. A. 9, 627:
clara regione profundi Aetheros innumeri statuerunt agmina cygni,
Stat. Th. 3, 525.—
4.
Pregn., to construct and place, to set up after constructing, to erect, make.
a.
Of statues, temples, columns, altars, trophies, etc.; constr. with acc. alone, or acc. of the structure and dat. of the person for whom or in whose honor it is erected:
siquidem mihi aram et statuam statuis,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 122:
huic statuam statui decet ex auro,
id. Bacch. 4, 4, 1:
ne ego aurea pro statua vineam tibi statuam,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 52:
eique statuam equestrem in rostris statui placere,
Cic. Phil. 5, 15, 41; so id. ib. 9, 5, 10; 9, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 62, § 151; 2, 2, 20, § 48; so,
simulacrum alicui statuere,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
effigiem,
Verg. A. 2, 184:
Mancinus eo habitu sibi statuit quo, etc. (effigiem),
Plin. 34, 5, 10, § 18:
simulacrum in curia,
Tac. A. 14, 12:
quanam in civitate tempium statueretur,
id. ib. 4, 55:
se primos templum urbis Romae statuisse,
id. ib. 4, 56; so id. ib. 4, 15:
nec tibi de Pario statuam, Germanice, templum,
Ov. P. 4, 8, 31:
templa tibi statuam, tribuam tibi turis honorem,
id. M. 14, 128:
super terrae tumulum noluit quid statui nisi columellam,
Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 66:
victimas atque aras diis Manibus statuentes,
Tac. A. 3, 2:
statuitque aras e cespite,
Ov. M. 7, 240:
statuantur arae,
Sen. Med. 579:
aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
monumentum,
id. ib. § 70; so,
in alio orbe tropaea statuere,
Curt. 7, 7, 14;
so,
Plin. 3, 3, 4, § 18: ut illum di perdant qui primus statuit hic solarium, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Gell. 3, 3, 5:
princeps Romanis solarium horologium statuisse L. Papirius Cursor proditur,
Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 213:
a miliario in capite Romani fori statuto,
id. 3, 5, 9, § 66:
carceres eo anno in Circo primum statuti,
Liv. 8, 20, 1:
quo molem hanc immanis equi statuere?
Verg. A. 2, 150:
multo altiorem statui crucem jussit,
Suet. Galb. 9:
obeliscam,
Plin. 36, 9, 14, § 71:
at nunc disturba quas statuisti machinas,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 137:
incensis operibus quae statuerat,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4:
si vallum statuitur procul urbis illecebris,
Tac. A. 4, 2:
castra in quinto lapide a Carthagine statuit,
Just. 22, 6, 9.—
b.
Poet. and in post-class. prose (rare):
aliquem statuere = alicui statuam statuere: inter et Aegidas media statuaris in urbe,
Ov. H. 2, 67:
statuarque tumulo hilaris et coronatus,
my statue will be erected, Tac. Dial. 13; so with two acc.: custodem medio statuit quam vilicus horto, whose statue he placed as protectress, etc., Mart. 3, 68, 9; cf.
in double sense: nudam te statuet, i. e. nudam faciet (= nudabit fortunis), and statuam tibi nu dam faciet,
Mart. 4, 28, 8.—
5.
Of cities, etc., to establish, found, build (in class. prose usu. condo):
Agamemnon tres ibi urbes statuit,
Vell. 1, 1, 2:
urbem quam statuo vestra est,
Verg. A. 1, 573:
urbom praeclaram,
id. ib. 4, 655:
Persarum statuit Babylona Semiramis urbem,
Prop. 3, 11 (4, 10), 21:
ibi civitatem statuerunt,
Just. 23, 1; so,
licentia et impunitas asyla statuendi (= aperiendi),
Tac. A. 3, 60.—Hence, transf.: carmen statuere = carmen condere, to compose, devise a song:
nunc volucrum... inexpertum carmen, quod tacita statuere bruma,
Stat. S. 4, 5, 12.—
B.
To cause to stand still, to stop (rare; cf.
sisto, III. B.): navem extemplo statuimus,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 57:
et statuit fessos, fessus et ipse, boves,
Prop. 4 (5), 9, 4:
famuli hoc modo statuerunt aquas,
Arn. 1, p. 30: sanguinem, Oct. Hor. 4.—
C.
To cause to stand firm, strengthen, support (rare; = stabilire), only transf.: qui rem publicam certo animo adjuverit, statuerit, Att. ap. Cic. Sest. 56, 120 (Trag. Rel. v. 357 Rib.).
II.
Trop.
A.
To establish, constitute (= constituo).
1.
Esp.: exemplum or documentum (v. edo fin., and cf. Sen. Phoen. 320), to set forth an example or precedent for warning or imitation:
statuite exemplum impudenti, date pudori praemium,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 6:
exemplum statuite in me ut adulescentuli Vobis placere studeant potius quam sibi,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 51; Auct. Her. 4, 35, 47:
ut illi intellegere possint, in quo homine statueris exemplum hujus modi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 45, § 111:
in quos aliquid exempli populus Romanus statui putat oportere,
id. ib. 2, 3, 90, §
210: statuam in te exemplum, ne quis posthac infelicibus miseriis patriae illudat,
Just. 8, 7, 14:
documentum autem statui oportere, si quis resipiscat et antiquam societatem respiciat,
Liv. 24, 45, 5: statueretur immo [p. 1753] documentum, quo uxorem imperator acciperet, a precedent, Tac. A. 12, 6.—
2.
Jus statuere, to establish a principle or relation of law:
ut (majores nostri) omnia omnium rerum jura statuerint,
Cic. Caecin. 12, 34: qui magistratum potestatemve habebit, si quid in aliquem novi juris statuerit, ipse quoque, adversario postulante, eodem jure uti debebit, if he has established any new principle of law, Edict. Praet. in Dig. 2, 2, 1, § 1:
si quid injungere inferiori velis, id prius in te ac tuos si ipse juris statueris, facilius omnes oboedientes habeas,
if you first admit it against yourself, Liv. 26, 36, 3:
si dicemus in omnibus aequabile jus statui convenire,
equal principles of law should be applied to all, Auct. Her. 3, 3, 4. —
3.
In gen., to establish by authority (of relations, institutions, rights, duties, etc.):
(Numa) omnis partis religionis statuit sanctissime,
Cic. Rep. 2, 14, 26:
hoc judicium sic exspectatur ut non unae rei statui, sed omnibus constitui putetur,
id. Tull. 15, 36:
ad formandos animos statuendasque vitae leges, Quint. prooem. 14: sic hujus (virtutis) ut caelestium statuta magnitudo est,
Sen. Ep. 79, 10:
vectigal etiam novum ex salaria annona statuerunt,
Liv. 29, 37, 2:
novos statuere fines,
id. 42, 24, 8:
neque eos quos statuit terminos observat,
id. 21, 44, 5:
quibus rebus cum pax statuta esset,
Just. 5, 10, 8; so id. 25, 1, 1:
sedesque ibi statuentibus,
id. 18, 5, 11.—
4.
With double acc., to constitute, appoint, create:
Hirtius arbitrum me statuebat non modo hujus rei, sed totius consulatus sui,
Cic. Att. 14, 1, a, 2:
telluris erum natura nec illum, nec quemquam constituit,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 130:
de principatu (vinorum) se quisque judicem statuet,
Plin. 14, 6, 8, § 59:
praefectus his statuitur Andragoras,
Just. 21, 4, 5.—
B.
To determine, fix, etc. (of temporal or local relations); constr. usually with acc. and dat. or acc. and gen.
1.
Modum statuere alicui or alicujus rei, to determine the manner, mode, or measure of, assign limits, restrictions or restraints to a thing or person, to impose restraints upon.
(α).
With dat.:
diuturnitati imperii modum statuendum putavistis,
that a limit should be assigned to the duration of his power, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 26:
statui mihi tum modum et orationi meae,
imposed restraints upon myself and my words, id. Verr. 2, 5, 63, § 163:
non statuendo felicitati modum, nec cohibendo fortunam,
by not assigning any limits to his success, Liv. 30, 30, 23 (Pompeium) affirmabant, libertati publicae statuturum modum, Vell. 2, 40:
cupidinibus statuat natura modum,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 111:
quem modum sibi ipsa statuit (crudelitas)?
Val. Max. 9, 2 pr.:
modum ipsae res statuunt (i. e. sibi),
Plin. 28, 15, 61, § 216:
modum nuptiarum sumptibus statuerunt,
Just. 21, 4, 5:
timori quem meo statuam modum?
Sen. Thyest. 483;
and with finem: jam statui aerumnis modum et finem cladi,
id. Herc. Fur. 206. —
(β).
With gen.:
honestius te inimicitiarum modum statuere potuisse quam me humanitatis,
Cic. Sull. 17, 48:
ipse modum statuam carminis,
Ov. Tr. 1, 11, 44:
errorisque sui sic statuisse modum,
Prop. 3, 12 (4, 11), 36:
modum statuunt fellis pondere denarii,
they limit the quantity of the gall to the weight of a denarius, Plin. 28, 19, 77, § 254.—
2.
Condicionem or legem alicui, to impose a condition or law upon one, to dictate, assign a condition to:
hanc tu condicionem statuis Gaditanis,
Cic. Balb. 10, 25:
providete ne duriorem vobis condicionem statuatis ordinique vestro quam ferre possit,
id. Rab. Post. 6, 15:
alter eam sibi legem statuerat ut, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 6, 12: pretio statuta lege ne modum excederet, etc., the law being assigned to the price that not, etc., i. e. the price being limited by the law, etc., Plin. 33, 7, 40, § 118:
pacis legem universae Graeciae statuit,
Just. 9, 5, 2.—So with ellipsis of dat., to agree upon, stipulate:
statutis condicionibus,
Just. 6, 1, 3:
omnibus consentientibus Carthago conditur, statuto annuo vectigali pro solo urbis,
id. 18, 5, 14. —
3.
Finem, to assign or put an end to, make an end of:
haud opinor commode Finem statuisse orationi militem,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 21:
et finem statuit cuppedinis atque timoris,
Lucr. 6, 25:
cum Fulvius Flaccus finem poenae eorum statuere cogeretur,
Val. Max. 3, 2, ext. 1: majores vestri omnium magnarum rerum et principia exorsi ab diis sunt, et finem statuerunt, finished, Liv. 45, 39, 10; so,
terminum: nam templis numquam statuetur terminus aevi,
Stat. S. 3, 1, 180:
cum consilii tui bene fortiterque suscepti eum tibi finem statueris, quem ipsa fortuna terminum nostrarum contentionum esse voluisset,
since you have assigned that end, Cic. Fam. 6, 22, 2.—
4.
Pretium alicui rei, to assign a price to something; fix, determine the price of something:
quae probast mers, pretium ei statuit,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 132:
numquam avare pretium statui arti meae,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 48:
statuit frumento pretium,
Tac. A. 2, 87; so with dat. understood:
ut eos (obsides) pretio quantum ipsi statuissent patres redimi paterentur,
Liv. 45, 42, 7:
pretium statuit (i. e. vecturae et sali),
id. 45, 29, 13; so with in and acc.: ut in singulas amphoras (vini) centeni nummi statuantur, that the price may be set down at 100 sesterces for an amphora, Plin. 14, 4, 6, § 56.—
5.
Statuere diem, horam, tempus, locum alicui rei, or alicui, or with dat. gerund., to assign or appoint a day, time, place, etc. (for the more usual diem dicere):
statutus est comitiis dies,
Liv. 24, 27, 1:
diem patrando facinori statuerat,
id. 35, 35, 15:
multitudini diem statuit ante quam sine fraude liceret ab armis discedere,
Sall. C. 36, 2:
dies insidiis statuitur,
id. J. 70, 3:
ad tempus locumque colloquio statuendum,
Liv. 28, 35, 4:
subverti leges quae sua spatia (= tempora) quaerendis aut potiundis honoribus statuerint,
Tac. A. 2, 36.—With ellipsis of dat.:
observans quem statuere diem,
Mart. 4, 54, 6:
noctem unam poscit: statuitur nox,
Tac. A. 13, 44.—Esp. in the part. statutus, fixed, appointed (in MSS. and edd. often confounded with status; v. sisto fin.):
institum ut quotannis... libri diebus statutis (statis) recitarentur,
Suet. Claud. 42:
ut die statuta omnes equos ante regiam producerent,
Just. 1, 10, 1:
quaedam (genera) statutum tempus anni habent,
Plin. 17, 18, 30, § 135:
fruges quoque maturitatem statuto tempore expectant,
Curt. 6, 3, 7:
sacrificium non esse redditum statuto tempore,
id. 8, 2, 6:
statuto tempore quo urbem Mithridati traderet,
Just. 16, 4, 9:
cum ad statutam horam omnes convenissent,
id. 1, 10, 8:
intra tempus statutum,
fixed by the law, Dig. 4, 4, 19 and 20.—
6.
To recount, count up, state (very rare): statue sex et quinquaginta annos, quibus mox divus Augustus rempublicam rexit: adice Tiberii tres et viginti... centum et viginti anni colliguntur, count, fix the number at, Tac. Or. 17:
Cinyphiae segetis citius numerabis aristas... quam tibi nostrorum statuatur summa laborum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 29.—
C.
To decide, determine, with reference to a result, to settle, fix, bring about, choose, make a decision.
1.
Of disputes, differences, questions, etc., between others.
(α).
With interrog.-clause:
ut statuatis hoc judicio utrum posthac amicitias clarorum virorum calamitati hominibus an ornamento esse malitis,
Cic. Balb. 28, 65:
eam potestatem habetis ut statuatis utrum nos... semper miseri lugeamus, an, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 4:
in hoc homine statuatis, possitne senatoribus judicantibus homo nocentissim us pecuniosissimusque damnari,
id. Verr. 1, 16, 47:
vos statuite, recuperatores, utra (sententia) utilior esse videatur,
id. Caecin. 27, 77:
decidis tu statuisque quid iis ad denarium solveretur,
id. Quint. 4, 17:
magni esse judicis statuere quid quemque cuique praestare oporteret,
id. Off. 3, 17, 70:
mihi vero Pompeius statuisse videtur quid vos in judicando spectare oporteret,
id. Mil. 6, 15:
semel (senatus) statuerent quid donatum Masinissae vellent,
Liv. 42, 23:
nec quid faciendum modo sit statuunt, sed, etc.,
decide, dictate, id. 44, 22:
nondum statuerat conservaret eum necne,
Nep. Eum. 11, 2:
statutumque (est) quantum curules, quantum plebei pignoris caperent,
Tac. A. 13, 28: semel nobis esse statuendum quod consilium in illo sequamur, August. ap. Suet. Claud. 4. —
(β).
With de:
ut consules de Caesaris actis cognoscerent, statuerent, judicarent,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, B, 8:
et collegas suos de religione statuisse, in senatu de lege statuturos,
id. ib. 4, 2, 4:
ut de absente eo C. Licinius statueret ac judicaret,
Liv. 42, 22:
si de summa rerum liberum senatui permittat rex statuendi jus,
id. 42, 62: qui ab exercitu ab imperatore eove cui de ea re statuendi potestas fuerit, dimissus erit, Edict. Praet. in Dig. 3, 2, 1.—Often with reference to punishment:
cum de P. Lentulo ceterisque statuetis, pro certo habetote, vos simul de exercitu Catilinae decernere,
Sall. C. 52, 17:
satis visum de Vestilia statuere,
to pass sentence against, Tac. A. 2, 85:
jus statuendi de procuratoribus,
id. ib. 12, 54:
facta patribus potestate statuendi de Caeciliano,
id. ib. 6, 7; so id. ib. 13, 28; cf. id. ib. 15, 14; 2, 85; Suet. Tib. 61 fin. —In partic.: de se statuere, to decide on, or dispose of one's self, i. e. of one's life, = to commit suicide:
eorum qui de se statuebant humabantur corpora,
Tac. A. 6, 29.—
(γ).
With de and abl. and interrog.-clause:
si quibusdam populis permittendum esse videatur ut statuant ipsi de suis rebus quo jure uti velint,
Cic. Balb. 8, 22.—
(δ).
With contra:
consequeris tamen ut eos ipsos quos contra statuas aequos placatosque dimittas,
Cic. Or. 10, 34. —
(ε).
With indef. obj., usu. a neutr. pron.:
utrum igitur hoc Graeci statuent... an nostri praetores?
Cic. Fl. 12, 27:
dixisti quippiam: fixum (i. e. id) et statutum est,
id. Mur. 30, 62:
eoque utrique quod statuit contenti sunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87:
senatus, ne quid absente rege statueret,
Liv. 39, 24, 13:
maturato opus est, quidquid statuere placet (senatui),
id. 8, 13, 17:
id ubi in P. Licinio ita statutum est,
id. 41, 15, 10:
interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,
Curt. 8, 14, 43:
quid in futurum statuerim, aperiam,
Tac. A. 4, 37:
utque rata essent quae procuratores sui in judicando statuerent,
Suet. Claud. 12;
qul statuit aliquid parte inaudita altera, aequum licet statuerit, haud aequus fuit,
Sen. Med. 2, 199:
non ergo quod libet statuere arbiter potest,
Dig. 4, 8, 32, § 15; cf.:
earum rerum quas Caesar statuisset, decrevisset, egisset,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, C, 11.—
(ζ).
With de or super and abl.:
vos de crudelissimis parricidis quid statuatis cunctamini?
Sall. C. 52, 31:
nihil super ea re nisi ex voluntate filii statuere,
Suet. Tib. 13:
ne quid super tanta re absente principe statueretur,
Tac. H. 4, 9.—
(η).
Absol., mostly pass. impers.:
ita expediri posse consilium ut pro merito cujusque statueretur,
Liv. 8, 14, 1:
tunc ut quaeque causa erit statuetis,
id. 3, 53, 10:
non ex rumore statuendum,
decisions should not be founded on rumors, Tac. A. 3, 69.—
(θ).
With cognoscere, to examine ( officially) and decide:
petit ut vel ipse de eo causa cognita statuat, vel civitatem statuere jubeat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 19:
consuli ut cognosceret statueretque senatus permiserat,
Liv. 39, 3, 2:
missuros qui de eorum controversiis cognoscerent statuerentque,
id. 40, 20, 1; 45, 13, 11:
quod causa cognita erit statuendum,
Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 8.—
2.
With reference to the mind of the subject, to decide, to make up one's mind, conclude, determine, be convinced, usu. with interrog.clause:
numquam intellegis, statuendum tibi esse, utrum illi homicidae sint an vindices libertatis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 12, 30:
illud mirum videri solet, tot homines... statuere non potuisse, utrum judicem an arbitrum, rem an litem dici oporteret,
id. Mur. 12, 27:
neque tamen possum statuere, utrum magis mirer, etc.,
id. de Or. 3, 22, 82:
ipsi statuerent, quo tempore possent suo jure arma capere,
id. Tull. 5, 12:
ut statuerem quid esset faciendum,
id. Att. 7, 26, 3:
statuere enim qui sit sapiens, vel maxime videtur esse sapientis,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:
si habes jam statutum quid tibi agendum putes,
id. Fam. 4, 2, 4:
tu quantum tribuendum nobis putes statuas ipse, et, ut spero, statues ex nostra dignitate,
id. ib. 5, 8, 4:
vix statui posse utrum quae pro se, an quae contra fratrem petiturus esset ab senatu magis impetrabilia forent,
Liv. 45, 19, 6:
quam satis statuerat, utram foveret partem,
id. 42, 29, 11:
posse ipsam Liviam statuere, nubendum post Drusum, an, etc.,
Tac. A. 4, 40:
statue quem poenae extrahas,
Sen. Troad. 661.—So with apud animum, to make up one's mind:
vix statuere apud animum meum possum atrum pejor ipsa res an pejore exemplo agatur,
Liv. 34, 2, 4:
proinde ipsi primum statuerent apud animos quid vellent,
id. 6, 39, 11.—Rarely with neutr, pron. as object:
quidquid nos de communi sententia statuerimus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2:
sic statue, quidquid statuis, ut causam famamque tuam in arto stare scias,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 1306.—
D.
To decree, order, prescribe.
1.
With ut or ne: statuunt ut decem milia hominum in oppidum submittantur, [p. 1754] Caes. B. G. 7, 21:
eos (Siculos) statuisse ut hoc quod dico postularet,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 103:
statuunt illi atque decernunt ut eae litterae... removerentur,
id. ib. 2, 2, 71, §
173: statuit iste ut arator... vadimonium promitteret,
id. ib. 2, 3, 15, §
38: orare patres ut statuerent ne absentium nomina reciperentur,
id. ib. 2, 2, 42, §
103: statuitur ne post M. Brutum proconsulem sit Creta provincia,
id. Phil. 2, 38, 97:
(Tiberius) auxit patrum honorem statuendo ut qui ad senatum provocavissent, etc.,
Tac. A. 14, 28:
statuiturque (a senatu) ut... in servitute haberentur,
id. ib. 12, 53.—So of a decree, determination, or agreement by several persons or parties to be carried out by each of them:
statutum esse (inter plebem et Poenos) ut... impedimenta diriperent,
Liv. 23, 16, 6:
Athenienses cum statuerent, ut urbe relicta naves conscenderent,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48:
statuunt ut fallere custodes tentent,
Ov. M. 4, 84.—
2.
With acc. (post-Aug.):
remedium statuere,
to prescribe a remedy against public abuses, Tac. A. 3, 28; 6, 4:
Caesar ducentesimam (vectigalis) in posterum statuit,
decreed that one half of one per cent. be the tax, id. ib. 2, 42.—So with sic (= hoc):
sic, di, statuistis,
Ov. M. 4, 661.—
3.
With dat. and acc. (not ante-Aug.):
eis (Vestalibus) stipendium de publico statuit,
decreed, allowed a salary, Liv. 1, 20, 3:
Aurelio quoque annuam pecuniam statuit princeps,
decreed, granted, Tac. A. 13, 34:
biduum criminibus obiciendis statuitur,
are allowed, id. ib. 3, 13:
itaque et alimenta pueris statuta... et patribus praemia statuta,
Just. 12, 4, 8:
ceu Aeolus insanis statuat certamina ventis,
Stat. Th. 6, 300:
non hoc statui sub tempore rebus occasum Aeoniis,
id. ib. 7, 219:
statuere alicui munera,
Val. Fl. 2, 566.—
4.
With dat. and interrog.-clause:
cur his quoque statuisti quantum ex hoc genere frumenti darent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 21, § 53:
ordo iis quo quisque die supplicarent, statutus,
Liv. 7, 28, 8.—
5.
In partic., of punishment, etc., to decree, measure out, inflict.
(α).
With poenam, etc., with or without in and acc. pers. (mostly post-Aug.):
considerando... in utra (lege) major poena statuatur,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 145:
poenam statui par fuisse,
Tac. A. 14, 49:
qui non judicium, sed poenam statui videbant,
id. ib. 11, 6:
eadem poena in Catum Firmium statuitur,
id. ib. 6, 31:
senatu universo in socios facinoris ultimam statuente poenam,
Suet. Caes. 14;
so with mercedem (= poenam): debuisse gravissimam temeritatis mercedem statui,
Liv. 39, 55, 3; cf.
also: Thrasea, non quidquid nocens reus pati mereretur, id egregio sub principe statuendum disseruit,
Tac. A. 14, 48.— Absol.:
non debere eripi patribus vim statuendi (sc. poenas),
Tac. A. 3, 70.—
(β).
With indef. obj., generally with in and acc.: aliquid gravius in aliquem, to proceed severely against:
obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20:
fac aliquid gravius in Hejum statuisse Mamertinos,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 19:
res monet cavere ab illis magis quam quid in illos statuamus consultare,
Sall. C. 52, 3:
qui cum triste aliquid statuit, fit tristis et ipse,
Ov. P. 2, 2, 119:
si quid ob eam rem de se crudelius statuerent,
Just. 2, 15, 10.—
(γ).
With a word expressing the kind of punishment (post-Aug.):
in Pompeiam Sabinam exilium statuitur,
Tac. A. 6, 24 (18).—
(δ).
De capite, to pass sentence of death:
legem illam praeclaram quae de capite civis Romani nisi comitiis centuriatis statui vetaret,
Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61.—
E.
Referring to one's own acts, to resolve, determine, purpose, to propose, with inf. (first in Cic.;
freq. and class.): statuit ab initio et in eo perseveravit, jus publicano non dicere,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 5, 10:
P. Clodius cum statuisset omni scelere in praetura vexare rem publicam,
id. Mil. 9, 24:
statuerat excusare,
to decline the office, id. Lig. 7, 21:
cum statuissem scribere ad te aliquid,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
quod iste certe statuerat et deliberaverat non adesse,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 1:
se statuisse animum advertere in omnes nauarchos,
id. ib. 2, 5, 40, §
105: nam statueram in perpetuum tacere,
id. Fam. 4, 4, 4:
statueram... nihil de illo dicere,
id. Fragm. Clod. 1, 1:
statueram recta Appia Romam (i. e. venire),
id. Att. 16, 10, 1:
Pompeius statuerat bello decertare,
Caes. B. C. 3, 86: si cedere hinc statuisset, Liv. 44, 39, 7:
triumphare mense Januario statuerat,
id. 39, 15:
immemor sim propositi quo statui non ultra attingere externa nisi qua Romanis cohaererent rebus,
id. 39, 48:
rex quamquam dissimulare statuerat,
id. 42, 21:
opperiri ibi hostium adventum statuit,
id. 42, 54, 9:
ut statuisse non pugnare consules cognitum est,
id. 2, 45, 9:
exaugurare fana statuit,
id. 1, 55, 2:
Delphos mittere statuit,
id. 1, 56, 5:
eos deducere in agros statuerunt,
id. 40, 38, 2:
tradere se, ait, moenia statuisse,
id. 8, 25, 10:
Samnitium exercitus certamine ultimo fortunam experiri statuit,
id. 7, 37, 4:
statuit sic adfectos hosti non obicere,
id. 44, 36, 2:
sub idem tempus statuit senatus Carthaginem excidere,
Vell. 1, 12, 2:
statui pauca disserere,
Tac. H. 4, 73:
amoliri juvenem specie honoris statuit,
id. A. 2, 42:
statuerat urbem novam condere,
Curt. 4, 8, 1:
statuerat parcere urbi conditae a Cyro,
id. 7, 6, 20:
rex statuerat inde abire,
id. 7, 11, 4:
Alexander statuerat ex Syria petere Africam,
id. 10, 1, 17; 10, 5, 24; 5, 27 (9), 13; so,
statutum habere cum animo ac deliberatum,
to have firmly and deliberately resolved, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 95.—With sic:
caedis initium fecisset a me, sic enim statuerat,
id. Phil. 3, 7, 29.—
F.
To judge, declare as a judgment, be of opinion, hold (especially of legal opinions), think, consider (always implying the establishment of a principle, or a decided conviction; cf.: existimo, puto, etc.).
1.
With acc. and inf.
a.
In gen.:
senatus consulta falsa delata ab eo judicavimus... leges statuimus per vim et contra auspicia latas,
Cic. Phil. 12, 5, 12:
statuit senatus hoc ne illi quidem esse licitum cui concesserat omnia,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 35, § 81:
quin is tamen (judex) statuat fieri non posse ut de isto non severissime judicetur,
id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §
144: hujusce rei vos (recuperatores) statuetis nullam esse actionem qui obstiterit armatis hominibus?
id. Caecin. 13, 39, ut quisquam juris numeretur peritus, qui id statuit esse jus quod non oporteat judicari, who holds that to be the law, id. ib. 24, 68:
is (Pompeius) se in publico statuit esse non posse,
id. Pis. 13, 29:
tu unquam tantam plagam tacitus accipere potuisses, nisi hoc ita statuisses, quidquid dixisses te deterius esse facturum?
id. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 133:
si causa cum causa contenderet, nos nostram perfacile cuivis probaturos statuebamus,
we were sure, id. Quint. 30, 92:
non statuit sibi quidquam licere quod non patrem suum facere vidisset,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211:
hi sibi nullam societatem communis utilitatis causa statuunt esse cum civibus,
assume, id. Off. 3, 6, 28:
cum igitur statuisset opus esse ad eam rem constituendam pecunia,
had become convinced, id. ib. 2, 23, 82:
quo cive neminem ego statuo in hac re publica esse fortiorem,
id. Planc. 21, 51:
quam quidem laudem sapientiae statuo esse maximam,
id. Fam. 5, 13, 1:
hoc anno statuit temporis esse satis,
Ov. F. 1, 34:
nolim statuas me mente maligna id facere,
Cat. 67, 37.— So with sic:
velim sic statuas tuas mihi litteras longissimas quasque gratissimas fore,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33 fin.:
ego sic statuo a me in hac causa pietatis potius quam defensionis partes esse susceptas,
I hold, lay down as the principle of my defence, id. Sest. 2, 3:
quod sic statuit omnino consularem legem nullam putare,
id. ib. 64, 135:
sic statuo et judico, neminem tot et tanta habuisse ornamenta dicendi,
id. Or. 2, 28, 122. —Hence, statui, I have judged, i. e. I know, and statueram, I had judged, i. e. I knew:
ut ego qui in te satis consilii statuerim esse, mallem Peducaeum tibi consilium dare quam me, ironically,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4:
qui saepe audissent, nihil esse pulchrius quam Syracusarum moenia, statuerant se, si ea Verre praetore non vidissent, numquam esse visuros,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 95.—With neutr. pron.:
si dicam non recte aliquid statuere eos qui consulantur,
that they hold an erroneous opinion, Cic. Caecin. 24, 68; cf.:
quis hoc statuit umquam, aut cui concedi potest, ut eum jure potuerit occidere a quo, etc.,
id. Tull. 24, 56; Quint. 5, 13, 21.—
b.
Particularly of a conclusion drawn from circumstances, to judge, infer, conclude; declare (as an inference):
cum tuto senatum haberi non posse judicavistis, tum statuiistis, etiam intra muros Antonii scelus versari,
Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13: quod si aliter statuetis, videte ne hoc vos statuatis, qui vivus decesserit, ei vim non esse factam, id. Caecin. 16, 46:
quid? si tu ipse statuisti, bona P. Quinctii ex edicto possessa non esse?
id. Quint. 24, 76:
ergo ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,
id. Off. 3, 16, 67:
Juppiter esse pium statuit quodcumque juvaret,
Ov. H. 4, 133.—With neutr. pron.:
hoc (i. e. litteris Gabinii credendum non esse) statuit senatus cum frequens supplicationem Gabinio denegavit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 6, 14:
quod si tum statuit opus esse, quid cum ille decessisset, Flacco existimatis statuendum et faciendum fuisse?
id. Fl. 12, 29; cf. id. Caecin. 16, 46, supra; so,
hoc si ita statuetis,
id. ib. 16, 47.—
c.
Esp. with gerund.-clause.
(α).
To hold, judge, think, consider, acknowledge, that something must be done, or should have been done:
tu cum tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas... non statuebas tibi de illorum factis rationem esse reddendam?
did you not consider, did it not strike you? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29: statuit, si hoc crimen extenuari vellet, nauarchos omnes vita esse privandos, he thought it necessary to deprive, etc., id. ib. 2, 5, 40, §
103: ut statuas mihi non modo non cedendum, sed etiam tuo auxilio utendum fuisse,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 10:
statuebam sic, boni nihil ab illis nugis expectandum,
id. Sest. 10, 24:
Antigonus statuit aliquid sibi consilii novi esse capiendum,
Nep. Eum. 8, 4. —So with opus fuisse:
ut hoc statuatis oratione longa nihil opus fuisse,
acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56: causam sibi dicendam esse statuerat jam ante quam hoc usu venit, knew (cf. a. supra), id. ib. 2, 5, 39, § 101. —
(β).
To think that one must do something, to resolve, propose, usu. with dat. pers.:
manendum mihi statuebam quasi in vigilia quadam consulari ac senatoria,
Cic. Phil. 1, 1, 1: quae vobis fit injuria si statuimus, vestro nobis judicio standum esse, if we conclude, purpose, to abide, etc., id. Fl. 27, 65:
ut ea quae statuisses tibi in senatu dicenda, reticeres,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 1:
statuit tamen nihil sibi in tantis injuriis gravius faciendum,
id. Clu. 6, 16:
Caesar statuit exspectandam classem,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
non expectandum sibi statuit dum, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 11:
quod eo tempore statuerat non esse faciendum,
id. B. C. 3, 44:
statuit sibi nihil agitandum,
Sall. J. 39, 5:
Metellus statuit alio more bellum gerendum,
id. ib. 54, 5:
Laco statuit accuratius sibi agendum cum Pharnabazo,
Nep. Alcib. 10, 2:
sororis filios tollendos statuit,
Just. 38, 1.—
2.
With ut:
si, ut Manilius statuebat, sic est judicatum (= ut judicandum esse statuebat),
Cic. Caecin. 24, 69:
ut veteres statuerunt poetae (ut = quod ita esse),
id. Arat. 267 (33): quae majora auribus accepta sunt quam oculis noscuntur, ut statuit, as he thought, i. e. that those things were greater, etc., Liv. 45, 27:
cum esset, ut ego mihi statuo, talis qualem te esse video,
Cic. Mur. 14, 32.—
3.
With two acc. (= duco, existimo):
omnes qui libere de re publica sensimus, statuit ille quidem non inimicos, sed hostes,
regarded not as adversaries, but as foes, Cic. Phil. 11, 1, 3:
Anaximenes aera deum statuit,
id. N. D. 10, 26:
voluptatem summum bonum statuens,
id. Off. 1, 2, 5:
video Lentulum cujus ego parentem deum ac patronum statuo fortunae ac nominis mei,
id. Sest. 69, 144:
si rectum statuerimus concedere amicis quidquid velint,
id. Lael. 11, 38:
Hieronymus summum bonum statuit non dolere,
id. Fin. 2, 6, 19:
noster vero Plato Titanum e genere statuit eos qui... adversentur magistratibus,
id. Leg. 3, 2, 5:
decretum postulat, quo justae inter patruos fratrumque filias nuptiae statuerentur,
Tac. A. 12, 7:
optimum in praesentia statuit reponere odium,
id. Agr. 39.— P. a.: stătūtus, a, um, i. e. baculo, propped, leaning on a stick (dub. v. I. C. supra):
vidistis senem... statutum, ventriosum?
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 11.—Hence, subst.: stătūtum, i, n., a law, decision, determination, statute (late Lat.):
Dei,
Lact. 2, 16, 14:
Parcarum leges ac statuta,
id. 1, 11, 14:
statuta Dei et placita,
id. 7, 25, 8.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > statuo
95 place

{pleis}
I. 1. място
in PLACE на място, уместно, уместен, подходящ
out of PLACE не на място, неуместно, неуместен, неподходящ
in PLACEs на места, тук-там
in PLACE of вместо, наместо
in the first/second PLACE на първо/второ място, първо/второ
in the next PLACE по-нататък, след това, после
six PLACEs were laid масата беше сложена за шест души
before I leave this PLACE преди да си тръгна оттук, преди да си отида
all over the PLACE навсякъде
some PLACE някъде
any PLACE някъде, къде да е
in another PLACE парл. в Камарата на лордовете/общините
the other PLACE шег. Оксфорд (употребено в Кеймбридж), Кеймбридж (употребено в Оксфорд)
to take one's PLACE заемам мястото си, сядам
to fill/take the PLACE of замествам, заемам мястото на
to give PLACE to отстъпвам място на, бивам последван/заместен от
to have a soft PLACE in one's heart for питая/имам добри/нежни чувства към, обичам
there is no PLACE like home у дома си е най-хубаво
2. (подходящ) момент/място/време
this is not the PLACE to не му е сега времето да, сега не е моментът да
3. място, сграда (за определена работа, цел), заведение
PLACE of worship църква, храм
PLACE of business кантора
PLACE of residence жилище, дом, местожителство
PLACE of arms плацдарм
PLACEs of amusement увеселителни заведения
4. дом, квартира, жилище, имение
PLACE in the country вила
come to my PLACE елате у дома/у нас
5. селище, град, село
6. площад, улица (в названия)
7. положение, ранг
to know one's PLACE знам си мястото, държа cе почтително
to keep someone in his PLACE държа някого на разстояние, принуждавам някого да се държи почтително
to put someone in his (proper) PLACE поставям някого на мястото му
to put oneself in someone's PLACE поставям се в положението на някого
8. служба, работа, място, длъжност, задължение, право
out of a PLACE без работа, безработен
it is not my PLACE to не е моя работа/мое задължение да, нямам право да
9. пасаж, място (в книга и пр.)
10. сп. едно от първите три места (в състезание)
11. мат. знак
calculated to five decimal PLACEs изчислено до петия десетичен знак
to take PLACE ставам, случвам се, състоя се
to go PLACEs (and see things) пътувам, обикалям, виждам света
to go PLACEs, to get some PLACE преуспявам
II. 1. поставям, слагам, полагам, помествам, намествам
to PLACE in the clearest light прен. хвърлям обилна светлина върху, осветлявам всестранно
to PLACE a question before поставям въпрос пред
to PLACE a price поставям цена, оценявам
to be awkwardly PLACEd намирам се/съм в неудобно/неприятно положение
to PLACE sentries воен. разставям часови
to PLACE an order правя поръчка (with)
to PLACE one's balls skilfully in tennis умело разпределям ударите си при тенис
2. настанявам, назначавам, намирам място на/за
to PLACE a book with a publisher намирам издател за книга, уговарям издаването на книга
the play has been PLACEd пиесата е приета за поставяне
3. влагам, инвестирам, пласирам
to PLACE a bet залагам (при състезание)
4. определям местoположението/времето/мястото на, отнасям към определени обстоятелства/дадена категория, определям какъв е, спомням си
I know his face but I can't PLACE him лицето му ми е познато, но не мога да си спомня откъде го познавам
he was a difficult man to PLACE трудно беше да се определи какъв човек е
5. сп. класирам
to be PLACEd класирам се (на едно от първите места)
6. муз. поставям (глас)
to PLACE confidence in гласувам доверие/доверявам се на

* * *

{pleis} 1. място; in place 1) на място; уместно; 2) уместен, подход(2) {pleis} v 1. поставям, слагам, полагам; помествам; намества

* * *

турям; село; селище; служба; слагам; откъслек; помествам; пасаж; пост; пласирам; влагам; работа; дом; длъжност; град; жилище; класирам; здание; квартира; инвестирам; намествам; настанявам; назначавам;

* * *
1. (подходящ) момент/място/време 2. 1 мат. знак 3. all over the place навсякъде 4. any place някъде, къде да е 5. before i leave this place преди да си тръгна оттук, преди да си отида 6. calculated to five decimal places изчислено до петия десетичен знак 7. come to my place елате у дома/у нас 8. he was a difficult man to place трудно беше да се определи какъв човек е 9. i know his face but i can't place him лицето му ми е познато, но не мога да си спомня откъде го познавам 10. i. място 11. ii. поставям, слагам, полагам, помествам, намествам 12. in another place парл. в Камарата на лордовете/общините 13. in place of вместо, наместо 14. in place на място, уместно, уместен, подходящ 15. in places на места, тук-там 16. in the first/second place на първо/второ място, първо/второ 17. in the next place по-нататък, след това, после 18. it is not my place to не е моя работа/мое задължение да, нямам право да 19. out of a place без работа, безработен 20. out of place не на място, неуместно, неуместен, неподходящ 21. place in the country вила 22. place of arms плацдарм 23. place of business кантора 24. place of residence жилище, дом, местожителство 25. place of worship църква, храм 26. places of amusement увеселителни заведения 27. six places were laid масата беше сложена за шест души 28. some place някъде 29. the other place шег. Оксфорд (употребено в Кеймбридж), Кеймбридж (употребено в Оксфорд) 30. the play has been placed пиесата е приета за поставяне 31. there is no place like home у дома си е най-хубаво 32. this is not the place to не му е сега времето да, сега не е моментът да 33. to be awkwardly placed намирам се/съм в неудобно/неприятно положение 34. to be placed класирам се (на едно от първите места) 35. to fill/take the place of замествам, заемам мястото на 36. to give place to отстъпвам място на, бивам последван/заместен от 37. to go places (and see things) пътувам, обикалям, виждам света 38. to go places, to get some place преуспявам 39. to have a soft place in one's heart for питая/имам добри/нежни чувства към, обичам 40. to keep someone in his place държа някого на разстояние, принуждавам някого да се държи почтително 41. to know one's place знам си мястото, държа cе почтително 42. to place a bet залагам (при състезание) 43. to place a book with a publisher намирам издател за книга, уговарям издаването на книга 44. to place a price поставям цена, оценявам 45. to place a question before поставям въпрос пред 46. to place an order правя поръчка (with) 47. to place confidence in гласувам доверие/доверявам се на 48. to place in the clearest light прен. хвърлям обилна светлина върху, осветлявам всестранно 49. to place one's balls skilfully in tennis умело разпределям ударите си при тенис 50. to place sentries воен. разставям часови 51. to put oneself in someone's place поставям се в положението на някого 52. to put someone in his (proper) place поставям някого на мястото му 53. to take one's place заемам мястото си, сядам 54. to take place ставам, случвам се, състоя се 55. влагам, инвестирам, пласирам 56. дом, квартира, жилище, имение 57. муз. поставям (глас) 58. място, сграда (за определена работа, цел), заведение 59. настанявам, назначавам, намирам място на/за 60. определям местoположението/времето/мястото на, отнасям към определени обстоятелства/дадена категория, определям какъв е, спомням си 61. пасаж, място (в книга и пр.) 62. площад, улица (в названия) 63. положение, ранг 64. селище, град, село 65. служба, работа, място, длъжност, задължение, право 66. сп. едно от първите три места (в състезание) 67. сп. класирам
* * *

place[´pleis] I. n 1. място; in \place на място; уместен, подходящ, сгоден; уместно; out of \place не на място; неуместен, неподходящ; неуместно; in \place of вместо, наместо; in the first ( second) \place на първо (второ) място; in the next \place по-нататък; след това; после; six \places were laid масата беше сложена за шест души; all over the \place 1) навсякъде; 2) разпилян, объркан, разхвърлян, неорганизиран (за човек); this is no \place for you не е за вас; \place of worship молитвен дом; храм, църква; \place of business търговска къща; кантора; \place of residence жилище, дом; pride of \place най-видното място, най-високата позиция; to give \place to отстъпвам място на; to lose o.'s \place in a line губя си реда (на опашка); some \place някъде; in another \place в Камарата на лордовете; \place of arms плацдарм; to take o.'s \place заемам мястото си, сядам; to take \place случва се, става, състои се; to fall ( click) into \place идвам си на мястото; мозайката се сглобява; to have a soft \place in o.'s heart for s.o. питая (изпитвам) добри (нежни) чувства към някого; a sore ( tender, raw) \place болно (уязвимо) място; to find o.'s \place in the sun слънцето изгрява и на моята улица; намирам щастието си; there's no \place like home у дома си е най-хубаво; to go to o.'s own \place отивам на оня свят, умирам; to go \places постигам успех в живота, издигам се; пътувам, посещавам забележителности; 2. дом, квартира, жилище; здание, сграда; имение; come to my \place tonight елате довечера у нас; 3. селище; град; село; 4. площад; улица (само в названия); market-\place пазарен площад, пазар; 5. разг. пост, положение; to know o.'s \place знам си мястото, държа се почтително; 6. длъжност; служба; работа; out of \place безработен, без работа; I shall lose my \place if I do it ще остана без работа (ще ме уволнят), ако направя това; it is not my \place to correct his errors не ми е работа (не съм длъжен, не ми влиза в задълженията) да поправям грешките му; 7. пасаж, откъс, място (в книга и пр.); 8. сп. едно от първите три места (в състезание); 9. мат. знак; calculated to five decimal \places (to five \places of decimals) изчислено до петия десетичен знак; 10. мин. забой; II. v 1. поставям, слагам, полагам, турям; помествам, намествам; to \place in the clearest light хвърлям обилна светлина върху, осветявам всестранно; to be awkwardly \placed намирам се в неприятно положение; to \place sentries воен. разставям часови; to \place an order правя поръчка ( with); to \place a telephone call поръчвам телефонен разговор; to \place o.'s balls skilfully in tennis умело разпределям ударите си при игра на тенис; 2. настанявам, назначавам, вреждам; намирам място на (за), намествам; to \place a book with a publisher намирам издател за своята книга, уговарям издаването на книга с издател; I have \placed my play пиесата ми е приета, одобрена (за поставяне); 3. влагам, инвестирам; пласирам (in, on, upon); to \place confidence in доверявам се на, гласувам доверие на; 4. определям местоположение (време, място) на; отнасям към определени обстоятелства; спомням си; I knew his face but I couldn't \place him лицето му ми беше познато, но не можах да си спомня откъде; 5. определям (отреждам) мястото на; прен. преценявам; he was a very difficult person to \place трудно беше да се определи точно какъв човек е той; 6. сп. класирам; to be \placed класирам се на едно от първите места; • to \place in circuit тех. включвам във верига; to \place in commission ( operation) предавам за експлоатация.

English-Bulgarian dictionary > place
96 κεῖμαι

κεῖμαι,

A κεῖσαι Il.19.319
, etc. ( κατά-κειαι h.Merc. 254
, Arc. κεῖοι Tab.Defix. in Philol.59.201), κεῖται Il.6.47
, Hdt.1.9,4.62 (v.l. κέεται), IG 12.94.25; pl. κεῖνται A.Supp. 242
, [dialect] Ion. κέᾰται Il.11.659
, al., Hdt. ( προς-κέανται is f.l. 1.133, cf. προς-κέαται, v.l. - κέονται, Hp.Fract.6), κείᾰται Mimn.11.6
( κατα- Il.24.567), κέονται Il.22.510
, Od.16.232, prob. in Alc.94, συγ-κέονται Aret.SD2.4
; imper. κεῖσο, κείσθω, Il.18.178, Hdt.2.171; subj. [ per.] 3sg. κέηται Pl.Sph. 257c
, Lycurg.113, [dialect] Ep. κεῖται (fr. κέψ-ε-ται) Il.19.32, Od.2.102, al., δια-κέησθε Isoc.15.259
, κείωνται IG22.1176.21
; opt. [ per.] 3sg. κέοιτο Hdt.1.67
, Hp.Art.14 ( κατα-), Is.6.32, Pl.R. 477a; inf. κεῖσθαι Il.8.126
, Hp.Prog.3, Hdt.2.127, al., κέεσθαι v.l.in ib.2, cf.Hp.Aër.6, Archim. Aequil.1 Prooem.; part. κεί μενος Il.7.265
, etc.: [tense] impf. ἐκείμην Od.13.284
, etc., [dialect] Ep. κείμην 9.434
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. κέσκετο 21.41
, ( παρε-) 14.521; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. ἐκέατο Hdt.1.167
, [dialect] Ep. κέατο Il.13.763
, κείατο 11.162
; κεῖντο 21.426
, ( ἐπέ-) Od.6.19: [tense] fut. κείσομαι Il.18.121
, A.Ch. 895, etc., [dialect] Dor. κεισεῦμαι Theoc.3.53
. (Cf. Skt. śéte ( = κεῖται), also śáyate 'lie', Gr. κοίτη, κοιμάομαι, perh. Lat. cunae, etc.):— to be laid (used as [voice] Pass. to τίθημι): hence, lie, lie outstretched, used by Hom. mostly with Preps., πυρὴν.. ᾗ ἔνι κεῖται Πάτροκλος Il.23.210
; κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ 9.556
; ἐπὶ γαίῃ 11.162
; ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Od.21.390
; also ἐπί τινος, ὀστέα.. κείμεν' ἐπ' ἠπείρου 1.162
; τὸ δ' ἥμισυ κεῖτ' ἐπὶ γαίης Il.13.565
, cf. 20.345; but ὁ δ' ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα lay stretched over.., Od.11.577, al.; later κεῖσθαι εἰς .., in pregnant sense, εἰς ἀνάγκην κείμεθ' E.IT 620
; εἰς ὀλίγην κ. κόνιν AP9.677
(Agath.); also ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν κ. to be strewn upon the path, Call.Iamb.1.250: Archit., κείμενον σχῆμα, opp. ὠρθωμένον, plan, opp. elevation, Apollod.Poliorc.163.3: c.acc., τόπον.. ὅντινα κεῖται S.Ph. 145
(anap.).

2 lie down to rest, repose, Od.13.281, etc.; πορφυρέᾳ κείμενος ἐν χλανίδι Simon.37.12
; lie, remain, κεῖτο γὰρ ἐν νήεσσι.. Ἀχιλλεύς Il.2.688
, cf. 7.230, etc.; οὐ χρῆν ἥσυχον κεῖσθαι πόδα S.Fr.142.13
; lie still, λασίην ὑπὸ γαστέρ' ἐλυσθεὶς κείμην, of Odysseus under the ram's belly, Od.9.434: metaph., κακὸν κείμενον a sleeping evil, S.OC 510 (lyr.); τοῦ κύματος κειμένου Ael.NA15.5
.

3 lie sick or wounded, ἐν νήσῳ κεῖτο, of Philoctetes, Il.2.721, cf. 15.240; κείσεται οὐτηθείς 8.537
, cf. 11.659; γήραϊ λυγρῷ κεῖται ἐνὶ μεγάροις ἀρημένος 18.435
; κεῖτ' ὀλιγηπελέων Od.5.457
; lie in misery, ἐοικότι κεῖται ὀλέθρῳ 1.46
; κεῖται ἐν ἄλγεσι θυμός 21.88
, cf. S.Ph. 183 (lyr.); κ. ἐν κακοῖς E.Ph. 1639
, Hec. 969; κειμένῳ ἐπεμπηδᾶν to kick him when he's down, Ar.Nu. 550.

4 lie dead, Il.5.467, 16.541, al., A.Ag. 1438, 1446, S.Ph. 359; κεῖται δὲ νεκρὸς περὶ νεκρῷ Id.Ant. 1240
: rare in Prose, χίλιοι.. νεκροὶ κείμενοι Hdt.8.25
, cf. Hdn. 2.1.8.

b freq. also in epitaphs, lie buried, τῇδε κείμεθα Simon. 92
, cf. 97; κεῖσαι ζῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον τῶν ὑπὸ γᾶς Id.60
; also κ. ἐν Ταρ τάρῳ Pi.P.1.15
; ἐν τάφῳ, ἐν Ἅιδου, παρ' Ἅιδῃ, A.Ch. 895, S.El. 463, OT 972; also in Prose, τὸν χῶρον ἐν τῷ κέοιτο Ὀρέστης Hdt.1.67
, cf. 4.11,9.105, Th.2.43; κ.ὑπό τινων to be buried by.., Plu.2.583c.

5 freq. of a corpse, lie unburied, Il.18.338, 19.32; κεῖται.. νέκυς ἄκλαυτος ἄθαπτος 22.386
; μὴ δή με ἕλωρ Δαναοῖσιν ἐάσῃς κεῖσθαι 5.685
; also κεῖτ' ἀπόθεστος.. ἐν πολλῇ κόπρῳ lay uncared for, of the old hound of Odysseus, Od.17.296; εὐνὴ.. κάκ' ἀράχνια κεῖται ἔχουσα 16.35
; of places, lie in ruins, δόμοι.. χαμαιπετεῖς ἔκεισθ' ἀεί A.Ch. 964
(lyr.), cf. Pl.R. 425a, Lyc.252.

6 of wrestlers, have a fall, A.Eu. 590; πεσών γε κείσομαι Ar.Nu. 126
.

II of places, to be situated, lie, νῆσος ἀπόπροθεν εἰν ἁλὶ κεῖται Od.7.244
, cf. 9.25, 10.196, etc.; ἐν τῇ [γῇ] κείμενά ἐστι τὰ Σοῦσα (for κεῖται) Hdt.5.49; Αἴγινα.. πρὸς νότου κ. πνοάς A.Fr. 404
; πρὸ Μεγάρων κ. Th.3.51
; πόλις αὐτάρκη θέσιν κειμένη Id.1.37
; θέσιν κέεσθαι νοσερωτάτην Hp.
Aër.6, cf. Arist. HA 496a14; κ. πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον, πρὸς ἄρκτον, Id.Mete. 360b14, 363a3.

2 of things, lie or be in a place, ὅθι οἱ φίλα δέμνι' ἔκειτο Od.8.277
; ἕλε δίφρον κείμενον placed there, 17.331, cf. 410; φόρμιγγα.., ἥ που κεῖται ἐν ἡμετέροισι δόμοισι 8.255
: in Prose, δύο τράπεζαι ἐκείσθην Lys.13.37
; χύτρας εὐκρινῶς κειμένας X.Oec.8.19
.

3 fit, of shoes, Herod. 7.121.

4 κεῖσθαι, posture, attitude, as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a2.

III to be laid up, in store, of goods, property, etc., δόμοις ἐν κτήματα κεῖται Il.9.382
; πολλὰ δ' ἐν ἀφνειοῦ πατρὸς κειμήλια κ. 6.47
; βασιλῆϊ δὲ κεῖται ἄγαλμα is reserved.., 4.144; μνῆμα ξείνοιο.. κέσκετ' ἐνὶ μεγάροισι was left lying.., Od.21.41; of things dedicated to a god, κ. ἐν θησαυρῷ Hdt.1.51
, cf. 52, Alc.94; of money, κείμενα deposits, Hdt.6.86.
ά; κ. σοι εὐεργεσία ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ οἴκῳ Th.1.129
, cf. SIG22.15 (Epist. Darei), Pl.R. 345a; πολλὰ χρήματα ἐπὶ τῇ τούτου τραπέζῃ κεῖταί μοι at his bank, Isoc.17.44; παρά τινι Pl.Ep. 346c
; τἀργύριόν σοι κείσεται the caution-money shall be deposited, Ar.Ra. 624; δραχ μὴν ὑπόθες.—Answ. κεῖται πάλαι Diph.73.2
: metaph., εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη shall be placed to her credit, S.Ant. 485, cf. Pi.I. 5(4).18.

IV to be placed in position, τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ τοίχου.. κειμένων κιόνων IG12.372.46
.

2 to be set up, ordained, ἄεθλα κεῖτ' ἐν ἀγῶνι Il.23.273
, cf. Hdt.8.26,93, Th.2.46; ὅπλων ἔκειτ' ἀγὼν πέρι S.Aj. 936
(lyr.).

3 of laws, κεῖται νόμος the law is laid down, E.Hec. 292; νόμοι ἐπ' ὠφελίᾳ τῶν ἀδικουμένων κεῖνται Th.2.37
; νόμοι κεῖνται περί τινος Antipho 6.2
; οἱ νόμοι οἱ κείμενοι the established laws, Ar.Pl. 914, cf. Lys.1.48, etc.; οἱ ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν κείμενοι νόμοι X.Mem. 4.4.21
; οἱ νόμοι οἱ ὑπὸ οἱ τῶν βασιλέων κείμενοι Isoc.1.36
, cf. D.24.62; καινὰ κεῖσθαι θέσμι' ἀνθρώποις E.Med. 494
; αἱ κείμεναι ὑπὸ τῶν ὑπατικῶν γνῶμαι the votes given by.., D.H.7.47; οὐκέτι κ. ἡ διαθήκη no longer holds, Is.6.32; so of philosophical arguments, hold good, κατά τινων Phld.Rh.1.51
S.; θάνατος ὧν κεῖται πέρι E. Ion 750
; κείμεναι ζημίαι Lys.14.9
, cf. Th.3.45.

4 to be laid down in argument, posited, assumed, τοῦτο ἡμῖν οὕτω κείσθω Pl.R. 350d
, etc.; ὡμολογημένον ἡμῖν κ. Id.Plt. 300e
; freq. in Arist.,
κείσθω
let it be assumed, Apr.
34b23
,al.; τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς κείμενον the assumption, Metaph.1008b2, 1047b10(pl.); τὰ περὶ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐν τοῖς περὶ ῥητορικῆς κ. Po. 1456a35
.

5 of names, οὔνομα κεῖται the name is given, Hdt.4.184, 7.200, cf. X.Cyr.2.2.12, Pl.Sph. 257c, etc.; ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς κείμενον [ὄνομα] Is.3.32; κεῖσθαι without ὄνομα, Pl.Cra. 392d; κείμενα ὀόματα established terms, Arist. Top. 140a3, Demetr.Eloc.96.

6 metaph., πάντα δεινὰ κἀπικινδύνως βροτοῖς κεῖται, παθεῖν μὲν εὖ, παθεῖν δὲ θάτερα danger is set before men, that they may.., S.Ph. 503.

V metaph., of continuing conditions, ἐνὶ φρεσὶ πένθος ἔκειτο lay heavy, Od.24.423; εὔστομα κείσθω remain unspoken, Hdt.2.171; νεῖκος ἔκειτό τισι there was an enduring feud, S.OT 491 (lyr.); Ἑλλήνων κείσομαι ἐν στόματι my name shall be a household word, AP9.62 (Even.); πολλῶν κείμενος ἐν στόμασιν Thgn.240
; εὖ κείμενα A.Ch. 693
; μὴ κινεῖν (sc. κακὸν) εὖ κείμενον 'let sleeping dogs lie', Pl.Phlb. 15c, cf. Hyp. Fr.30, Suid.

2 ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται, i.e. these things are yet in the power of the gods, to give or not, Il.17.514, 20.435.

3 κεῖσθαι ἔν τινι to rest entirely or be dependent on him, ἐν ἀγαθοῖσι κ. πολίων κυβερνάσιες Pi.P.10.71
; ἐν ὔμμι ὡς θεῷ κείμεθα S.OC 248
(lyr.); also ἐπί τινι, τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κ. Pi.P.8.76
: also with simple dat., Λεωφίλῳ πάντα κεῖται Archil.69
, prob.in Com.Adesp.1325; of things, depend upon, τὸ πανηγυρικὸν ἐν μελέτῃ καὶ τριβῇ κ. Phld.Rh.1.93
S.; τὰ.. γυμνάσια ἐν τῇ κινήσει κ. Antyll.
ap. Orib.6.23.1.

4 Medic., to be left to settle, of urine, Hp.Epid.1.26.β.

b φάρυγξ οὐ φλεγμαίνουσα, κειμένη δέ, i.e. not swollen, ib.2.2.24.

5 Gramm., of words and phrases, to be found, occur, παρὰ τῷ ποιητῃ Str.7.3.6
, cf. Ath.2.58b; κεῖται ἐν τῷ Περὶ Πλούτου Phld.Oec. p.39
J.; ποῦ κεῖται; Ath.4.165d, cf. Κειτούκειτος; κ. ἀντί τινος to be used instead of.., Str.8.6.7; τὸ κείμενον the received text, Sch.vulg.Pi.O.2.48.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κεῖμαι
97 oportuno

adj.

1 opportune, heaven-sent, expedient, timely.

Una oferta oportuna A seasonable offer.

2 opportune, felicitous.

* * *

oportuno

► adjetivo

1 (a tiempo) opportune, timely

■ la oferta llegó en el momento oportuno the offer came at the right time

2 (conveniente) appropriate

■ habrá que tomar las medidas oportunas the appropriate measures will have to be taken

3 (ingenioso) witty, sharp

■ estás hoy muy oportuno you're really sharp today

* * *

(f. - oportuna)

adj.

opportune, timely

* * *

ADJ

1) [ocasión] opportune

en el momento oportuno — at an opportune moment, at the right moment

su llamada no pudo ser más oportuna — his call could not have come at a better moment, his call could not have been better timed

2) (=pertinente) appropriate

no me ha parecido oportuno decírselo — I didn't think it appropriate to tell him

una respuesta oportuna — an apt reply

sería oportuno hacerlo en seguida — it would be best to do it at once

3) [persona]

¡ella siempre tan oportuna! — iró you can always rely on her!

* * *

- na adjetivo

a) <visita/lluvia> timely, opportune

llegó en el momento oportuno — he arrived at just the right moment

b) ( conveniente) appropriate

se tomarán las medidas oportunas — appropriate measures will be taken

sería oportuno avisarle — we ought to inform her

c) < respuesta> appropriate

estuvo muy oportuno — what he said was very much to the point

tú siempre tan oportuno! — (iró) you can always be relied upon to put your foot in it

* * *

= adequate, apposite, appropriate, felicitous, timely, salutary, salutary, opportune, expedient.

Nota: Adjetivo.

Ex. There must be provision for changes necessary to keep the coverage of subjects adequate for new literature.

Ex. All terms may be included, and placed in the most apposite position in the hierarchy of the subject = Pueden incluirse todos los términos y colocarse en la posición más apropiada en la jerarquía de la materia.

Ex. Informative abstracts are appropriate for texts describing experimental work.

Ex. This is hardly a felicitous solution to be followed in other similar cases.

Ex. The State, as producer, is deficient in producing sufficient copies to meet demand, ensuring timely distribution, and providing efficient bibliographic control.

Ex. It came as rather a rebuff, but none the less a salutary one, to learn of the decision not to include libraries.

Ex. It came as rather a rebuff, but none the less a salutary one, to learn of the decision not to include libraries.

Ex. At this point it is opportune to attempt to distinguish briefly between the cataloguer's sort of database, in essence a computer-based file of bibliographic records, and the computer professional's, which is a much more general collection of data.

Ex. It is, therefore, expedient to look into history to lay hands on the root of the problem.

----

* considerar oportuno = consider + appropriate.

* el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.

* en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.

* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.

* lo oportuno = timeliness.

* * *

- na adjetivo

a) <visita/lluvia> timely, opportune

llegó en el momento oportuno — he arrived at just the right moment

b) ( conveniente) appropriate

se tomarán las medidas oportunas — appropriate measures will be taken

sería oportuno avisarle — we ought to inform her

c) < respuesta> appropriate

estuvo muy oportuno — what he said was very much to the point

tú siempre tan oportuno! — (iró) you can always be relied upon to put your foot in it

* * *

= adequate, apposite, appropriate, felicitous, timely, salutary, salutary, opportune, expedient.

Nota: Adjetivo.

Ex: There must be provision for changes necessary to keep the coverage of subjects adequate for new literature.

Ex: All terms may be included, and placed in the most apposite position in the hierarchy of the subject = Pueden incluirse todos los términos y colocarse en la posición más apropiada en la jerarquía de la materia.

Ex: Informative abstracts are appropriate for texts describing experimental work.

Ex: This is hardly a felicitous solution to be followed in other similar cases.

Ex: The State, as producer, is deficient in producing sufficient copies to meet demand, ensuring timely distribution, and providing efficient bibliographic control.

Ex: It came as rather a rebuff, but none the less a salutary one, to learn of the decision not to include libraries.

Ex: It came as rather a rebuff, but none the less a salutary one, to learn of the decision not to include libraries.

Ex: At this point it is opportune to attempt to distinguish briefly between the cataloguer's sort of database, in essence a computer-based file of bibliographic records, and the computer professional's, which is a much more general collection of data.

Ex: It is, therefore, expedient to look into history to lay hands on the root of the problem.

* considerar oportuno = consider + appropriate.

* el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.

* en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.

* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.

* lo oportuno = timeliness.

* * *

oportuno -na

adjective

1 ‹momento/visita/lluvia› timely, opportune

llegó en el momento oportuno she arrived at just the right moment o at a very opportune moment

2 (indicado, conveniente) appropriate

se tomarán las medidas que se estimen or consideren oportunas appropriate measures will be taken

señaló que se llevarían a cabo las investigaciones oportunas she indicated that the appropriate o necessary investigation would be carried out

sería oportuno avisarle we ought to inform her

3 ‹respuesta› appropriate

estuvo muy oportuno en el debate what he said in the debate was very much to the point

¡vaya, hombre, tú siempre tan oportuno! ( iró); you can always be relied upon to show up at the wrong time/to put your foot in it

* * *

oportuno
◊ -na adjetivo

a) ‹visita/lluvia› timely, opportune;

◊ llegó en el momento oportuno he arrived at just the right moment

b) ‹medida/respuesta› appropriate;

◊ sería oportuno avisarle we ought to inform her;

estuvo muy oportuno what he said was very much to the point
oportuno,-a adjetivo
1 (momento, acción) timely
un gol muy oportuno, a timely goal
2 (persona, comentario, medidas) appropriate: no creo que sea oportuno llamarle, I don't think it is appropriate to phone him
irón ¡tú siempre tan oportuno!, trust you to say something tactless!
' oportuno' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
cielo
- oportuna
- pertinente
- ocasión
- oportunidad
- providencial
- tiempo
English:
acceptable
- appropriate
- apt
- convenient
- expedient
- good
- happy
- inopportune
- opportune
- pop up
- right
- ripe
- timely
- timing
- well
- bide
- wrong

* * *

oportuno, -a adj

1. [pertinente] appropriate;

me pareció oportuno callarme I thought it best to say nothing

2. [propicio] timely, opportune;

el momento oportuno the right time;

en el momento menos oportuno at the very worst time o moment;

su llegada fue muy oportuna she arrived at an opportune moment;

se lo diré cuando sea oportuno I'll tell him in due course o when the time is right;
Irónico
¡ella siempre tan oportuna! she really chooses her moments

3. [agudo] sharp, acute;

has estado muy oportuno al contestarle así it was very sharp of you to answer him like that

* * *

oportuno

adj

1 timely; momento opportune

2 respuesta, medida suitable, appropriate

* * *

oportuno, -na adj

1) : opportune, timely

2) : suitable, appropriate

* * *

oportuno adj

1. (en buena hora) timely

un aviso muy oportuno a timely warning

llegaste en el momento oportuno you arrived at the right time

2. (conveniente) appropriate

Spanish-English dictionary > oportuno
98 KOMA

arrive

* * *

I)

(kem; kom or kvam, kómum or kvamúm; kominn), v.

1) to come (litlu síðarr kómu Finnar aptr heim);

2) to come, arrive (bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli);

kom svá, at (it came to pass, that) Bárði var heitit meyjunni;

3) with dat. of the object, to make to come, to take, bring, carry, etc.;

hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðargarða, he should make Th. come to G.;

hann kom Þórhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river;

koma e-m í hel, to put one to death;

koma e-m til falls, to make one fall;

koma e-m í sætt við e-n, to reconcile one with another;

koma sér vel hjá e-m, to bring oneself into favour with, be agreeable to (þeir kómu sér vel við alla);

koma e-u til leiðar (til vegar), to effect, bring about;

koma orðum við e-n, to speak with a person (hann gørði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma);

4) with preps.:

koma e-u af sér, to get rid of (allt mun ek til vinna at koma af mér yðvarri reiði);

koma e-u af, to abolish (Þvi hafði eigi orðit af komitmeði öllu);

koma at e-m, to come upon one (kómu þessir at honum fyrir Sjólandi með tveim skipum);

koma at hendi, to happen (mikill vandi er kominn at hendi);

impers., Gunnarr játaði því, en þá er at kom, vildi hann eigi, G. agreed to it, but when it came to the point he would not;

koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover (koma at hamri);

koma sér at e-u, to bring oneself to (Þ. kom sér ekki at því);

koma á e-t, to come on, hit (höggit kom á lærit);

koma e-u á, to bring about, effect (máttu þeir øngum flutningum á koma);

koma kristni (dat.) á England, to christianize E.;

koma fram, to come forth, appear, emerge (sigldi E. suðr með landi ok kom fram í Danmörk); to be produced, brought forward (nú mun pat fram koma sem ek sagða);

koma e-u fram, to bring about, effect (koma fram hefndum);

koma fyrir e-t, to be an equivalent for (fyrir víg Hjartar skyldi koma víg Kols);

allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will all come to the same;

koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail;

e-m þykkir fyrir ván komit, at, one thinks it past all hope, that;

koma e-u fyrir, to destroy (hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir);

koma í e-t, to come into, enter;

mál koma í dóm, suits are brought up for judgement;

koma niðr, to come down;

hann reyndi eptir, hvar G. væri niðr kominn, what had become of G.;

kom þar niðr tal hennar, at hon sagði honum, hversu, the end of her talk was, that she told him how koma;

koma hart niðr, to pay dearly for it (ek hafða illa til gört, enda kom ek hart niðr);

koma saman, to come together, gather (er saman kom liðit); to agree;

þat kom saman (or ásamt) með þeim, they agreed on it;

impers., kom þeim vel saman (ásamt), they agreed well;

koma e-u saman, to bring about, effect;

koma saman sættum með e-m, to reconcile them;

koma til e-s, to come to a person or place (jarlinn kom með allan her sinn til Dyflinnar);

koma till ríkis, to come to, or succeed to, the throne;

koma til e-s, to cause: þat kemr til þess, at, the reason is, that; to help, avail: koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail (= koma fyrir lítit); to concern: þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, this quarrel is no business of thine; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned; to mean, signify (Þ. kvezk skilja, hvar orð hans kómu til); to be of value: sverð þat, er til kom mörk gulls, that was worth a ‘mark’ of gold; mikit þykkir til e-s koma, one is much thought of, is thought to be of great importance;

koma til, to be born;

koma e-m undan, to help one to escape;

koma undir e-n, to come unto one;

ef undir oss skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose;

koma e-m undir, to get one down, overcome one;

koma upp, to come up;

tungl kemr upp, the moon rises;

eldr kom upp, fire broke out;

kom þá upp af tali þeirra, at, the end of their talk was, that; to come out, become known (kom þat þá upp, at hann hafði beðit hennar);

koma e-u upp, to open (kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma);

hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma, it was long before he could utter a word;

koma við e-t, to touch (komit var við hurðina);

þeir kómu við sker, they struck on a reef;

hann kemr við margar sögur, he appears in many sagas; to be added to (koma þær nætr við hinar fyrri);

koma við, to fit, be convenient, suit;

koma e-u við, to employ, make use of (ek mátta eigi boganum við koma); hann kom því við (he brought about), at engi skyldi fara með vápn; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, all fled that could;

koma sér við, to bring about, effect, be able to do (ek mun veita þér slíkt lið sem ek má mér við koma); to behave (hversu hann kom sér við í þessum málum);

koma yfir, to pass over (hvert kveld, er yfir kom);

5) refl., komast;

II)

f. arrival, = kváma.

* * *

pres. sing. kem, kemr, kemr; an older form komr is used constantly in very old and good vellum MSS., as the Kb. of Sæm.; and even spelt keomr or ceomr (in Eluc., Greg., etc.); reflex. komsk, 2nd pers. kømztu ( pervenis), Sdm. 10: pret. kom, kom-k, I came, Skm. 18: 2nd pers. komt, 17, mod. komst: the pret. plur. varies, kvámu being the oldest form; kvómu, often in the MSS.; kómu, as it is still pronounced in the west of Icel.; the usual and latest form is komu, with a short vowel; the spelling of the MSS. cannot always be ascertained, as the word is usually written k^umu or q^umu: pret. subj. kvæmi and kꝍmi (kæmi): imperat. kom, kom-ðú, proncd, kondu, come thou! pret. infin. kómu ( venisse), Fms. i. 224 (in a verse), Geisli 62:—with suff. neg., pres. kmr-at or kømr-að, Akv. 11, Grág. ii. 141, Gkv. 3. 8; pret. kom-a, kom-að, came not, Ls. 56, Þorf. Karl. (in a verse), Þd. 18; 2nd pers. komtaðu ( non venisti), Am. 99; subj. kømi-a ( non veniret), Gs. 10: reflex., pres. kømsk-at, Grág. ii. 180; pret. komsk-at ( could not come), Am. 3:—a middle form, pres. 1st pers. komum-k (komumsk), Ó. H. 140, 214, Skm. 10, 11; subj. pres. komimk, Ó. H. 85; pret. kømomc, Hbl. 33 (Bugge); part. pass. kominn, see Gramm. p. xix. The preterite forms kvam and kvaminn, used in the Edition of the Sturl. and in a few other mod. Editions without warrant in the MSS., are due to the fact that the Edition of Sturl. was published from a transcript now in the Advocates’ Library in Edinburgh, made by the learned priest Eyjolf á Völlum (died A. D. 1745), who used this spelling: in prehistoric times, before the age of writing, it may be assumed for certain that this verb had a v throughout, as in Gothic: [Ulf. qiman, i. e. qwiman, = ἔρχεσθαι; A. S. cuman; Engl. come; O. H. G. queman; Germ. kommen; Dutch komen; Dan. komme; Swed. komma; Lat. venio, qs. gvenio; the Ormul. spells cumenn, indicating a long root vowel; cp. North. E. coom.]

A. To come; sá þeirra sem fyrr kæmi, Fms. ix. 373; konungr kom norðr til Túnsbergs, 375; kómu Finnar heim, i. 9; þeir mágar kómu ór hjúkólfi, Sturl. ii. 124; kömr hann á konungs fund, Fms. ix. 221; þá vóru þeir norðan komnir, 308; hér er nú komin ær ein kollótt, Sturl. i. 159, passim.

2. to become, arrive; bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli, Fms. ix. 375; ef svá síðarliga kömr skip til hlunns, Sks. 28; en er vár kom, Eg. 167; koma at máli við e-n, to have an interview, talk with one, 467; konungi kom njósn, Fms. vii. 57; þá komu honum þau tíðendi, i. 37; þetta kom allt fyrir Ingimar, vii. 114; kom honum þat (it came to him, he got it) fyrir útan fé, en engum kom fyrr, x. 394; hvat sem á bak kemr, whatsoever may befall, Nj. 193; koma e-m at haldi, or í hald, to avail oneself, 192, Fms. x. 413; koma at gagni, to ‘come in useful,’ be of use, Nj. 264; koma at úvörum, to come at unawares, Ld. 132; koma e-m fyrir úvart, id., Fms. xi. 290; koma á úvart, Nj. 236; koma í þörf = koma í gagn, Fms. vii. 14; hvar kom kapp þitt þá? Bs. i. 18; mál koma í dóm, to be brought up for judgment, Fms. vii. 115; líðr vetrinn, kemr þar ( that time comes) er menn fara til Gulaþings, Eg. 340; var þá svá komit, at allir menn vóru sofa farnir, 376; kom svá ( it came to pass) at Bárði var heitið meyjunni, 26; svá kemr, kemr þar, at, it comes to pass. Fb. i. 174, ii. 48, 68; láta koma, to let come, put; síðan létu þeir koma eld í spánuna, Fms. xi. 34.

3. in greeting; kom heill, welcome! kom heill ok sæll, frændi! Nj. 175: mod. komdu (kondu) sæll! komið þér sælir!

II. with prepp.; koma á, to hit; ef á kömr, Grág. ii. 7:—koma at, to come to, arrive, happen; láttu at því koma, let it be so, Dropl. 24; kom þat mjök optliga at honum, of sickness, Fms. vii. 150; kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, sleep came upon them, Nj. 104; koma at hendi, to happen; mikill vandi er kominn at hendi, 177, Hom. 80; koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover; koma at hamri, Þkv. 32:—koma fram, to come forth, appear, stund var í milli er þeir sá framstafninn ok inn eptri kom fram, Fms. ii. 304; engin kom önnur vistin fram, Eg. 549; nú eru öll sóknar-gögn fram komin, Nj. 143: to emerge, hann kom fram í Danmörk, Hkr. i. 210, 277, Ísl. ii. 232, Eg. 23, Landn. 134, Orkn. 152: to arrive, sendimenn fóru ok fram kómu, Fms. xi. 27; reifa mál þau fyrst er fyrst eru fram komin, each in its turn, Grág. i. 64: to be fulfilled, happen, því er á þínum dögum mun fram koma, Ld. 132; nú mun þat fram komit sem ek sagða, Eg. 283; kom nú fram spásagan Gests, Ld. 286; öll þessi merki kómu fram ok fylldusk, Stj. 444; aldrei skal maðr arf taka eptir þann mann er hann vegr, eðr ræðr bana fram kominn, whom he has slain, or whose death he has devised with effect, Grág. ii. 113; staðar-prýði flest fram komin, Bs. i. 146; vera langt fram kominn, mod. áfram kominn, to be ‘in extremis,’ at the point of death, 644; er sú frásögn eigi langt fram komin, this story comes from not far off, i. e. it is derived from first, not second hand, Fms. viii. 5:—koma fyrir, to come as payment, tvau hundrað skyldu koma fyrir víg Snorra (of weregild), Sturl. ii. 158; henni kvaðsk aldri hefnt þykkja Kjartans, nema Bolli kæmi fyrir, Ld. 240; allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will come to the same, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215, Fms. vi. 5:—koma í, to enter, come in, a fisherman’s term; koma í drátt, to hook a fish; at í komi með ykkr Þorbrandssonum, that ye and the Th. come to loggerheads, Eb. 80:—koma með, to come with a thing, to bring; kondu með það, fetch it!—koma til, to come to; vera kann at eigi spillisk þótt ek koma til, Eg. 506; nú er rétt lögruðning til ykkar komin, Nj. 236; koma til ríkis, to come to a kingdom, Eg. 268; þeir létu til hans koma um alla héraðs-stjórn, Fs. 44: to befall, kom svá til efnis, it so happened, Mar.; þeim hlutum sem hafinu kunni opt til at koma, Stj. 105, Sks. 323: to mean, signify, en hvar kom þat til er hann sagði, Ó. H. 87; ef þat kom til annars, en þess er hann mælti, id.: to cause, hygg ek at meir komi þar til lítilmennska, Eb. 172; konungr spurði hvat til bæri úgleði hans, hann kvað koma til mislyndi sína, Fms. vi. 355, Fb. ii. 80, Band. 29 new Ed.: to concern, þetta mál er eigi kom síðr til yðvar en vár, Fms. vii. 130; þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, Nj. 227; þat er kemr til Knúts, Fms. v. 24; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned, iv. 194; hann kvað þetta mál ekki til sín koma, vi. 100; þeir eru orðmargir ok láta hvervetna til sín koma, meddle in all things, 655 xi. 2: to belong to, skulu þeir gjalda hinum slíka jörð sem til þeirra kemr, proportionally, Jb. 195; kemr þat til vár er lögin kunnum, Nj. 149; sú sök er tylptar-kviðr kömr til, Grág. i. 20; tylptar-kviðar á jafnan á þingi at kveðja, þar sem hann kömr til saka, ii. 37; þá er komit til þessa gjalds ( it is due), er menn koma í akkeris-sát, 408: to help, avail, koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail, Nj. 149, Fms. vi. 211; at göra litla fésekt, veit ek eigi hvat til annars kemr, I am not aware what else will do, I believe that will meet the case best, Band. 36 new Ed.; koma til, to ‘come to,’ of a person in a swoon, etc.; veit ek eigi til hvers koma mun sú tiltekja Fb. i. 177, Fms. xi. 103; hvar til þessi svör skulu koma, i. 3; það kemr til, it will all come right; kom þar til með kóngum tveim, two kings came to a quarrel, Skíða R. 48: to be of value, importance, authority, þótti allt meira til hans koma, Fas. i. 16; hvart sem til hans kæmi meira eðr minna, Fms. xi. 76; sverð þat er til kom hálf mörk gulls, Ld. 32; svá fémikill at til kómu tuttugu merkr gulls, Fms. xi. 85; mér þykir lítið til hans koma, I think little of him:—koma saman, to come together, live together, marry, K. Á. 134: to agree, þat kom saman með þeim, they agreed on it, Dropl. 9, Gísl. 41; kom þat ásamt með þeim, id., Fb. i. 168; koma vel ásamt, to agree well, Nj. 25:—koma undir e-n, to come unto one, ef undir oss bræðr skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose, Nj. 192; öll lögmæt skil þau er undir mik koma á þessu þingi, 239: to depend on, það er mikit undir komið, at …, be of importance:—koma upp, to come up, break out; kom þá upp grátr fyrir henni, she burst into tears, Fms. ix. 477; er lúðrar kvæði við, ok herblástr kæmi upp, v. 74; er seiðlætin kómu upp, Ld. 152; eldr kom upp, fire came up, Ölk. 35, (hence elds-uppkoma, an upcome of fire, an eruption); ef nokkut kemr síðan sannara upp, Fms. vii. 121: þá kom þat upp at hann hafði beðit hennar, Eg. 587; kom þat upp af tali þeirra, at …, Fms. vii. 282; þat kom upp ( it ended so) at hverr skyldi vera vin annars, i. 58: to turn up, ek ætla mér góðan kost hvárn sem upp kemr, Eg. 715; mun nú hamingjan skipta hverr upp kemr, 418; at sakar görðisk eða upp kæmi, Grág. i. 27; skaut til Guðs sínu máli, ok bað hann láta þat upp koma er hann sæi at bazt gegni, Ó. H. 195, Stj. 385:—koma við, to touch, hit; sé eigi komið við, if it is not touched, Grág. ii. 65; komit var við hurðina, Fas. i. 30; at þeir skyldi koma við torfuna, Ld. 60; hefi ek aldrei svá reitt vápn at manni, at eigi hafi við komit, Nj. 185; hann kemr við margar sögur, he comes up, appears in many Sagas, Ld. 334; koma þeir allir við þessa sögu síðan, Nj. 30; sem ek kom við (as I mentioned, touched upon) í morgin, Fms. ii. 142; er mestr er, ok úskapligast komi við, Ld. 118: to fit, þat kemr lítt við, ‘tis not meet, it won’t do, Lv. 20; mun ek gefa þér tveggja dægra byr þann er bezt kemr við, Fas. iii. 619: koma við, to land, call; þeir vóru komnir við Ísland, Eg. 128; þeir kómu við Hernar, Nj. 4; þeir kómu suðr við Katanes, 127; þeir kómu við sker ( struck on a skerry) ok brutu stýri sín, Fms. ix. 164; hann hafði komit við hval, he had struck against a whale, Sturl. ii. 164; hence in mod. usage, koma við, to call, make a short stay, also on land: to be added to, tekr heldr at grána gamanit ok koma kveðlingar við, i. 21; koma þær nætr við inar fyrri, Rb. 58; þá koma enn ellefu nætr við, 22:—koma yfir, to overcome, pass over; íss er yfir kömr, Hm. 81; hvert kveld er yfir kom, Finnb. 230; hryggleikr kom yfir, 623. 57; at sá dagr myndi ekki yfir koma, Sks. 111.

B. With the dat. of the object, to make to come, put, bring, carry; páfa þess, er Kristni (dat.) kom á England, who Christianised England, Íb. 14; koma mönnum til réttrar trúar, Fms. i. 146; koma orðum við e-n, to speak to a person; görðisk hann styggr svá at fáir menn máttu orðum við hann koma, i. e. that no one could come to words with him, Eg. 3; hann görði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma, Fms. i. 83, xi. 293; koma vélræðum við e-n, to plan against one, Eg. 49; koma flugu í munn e-m, Nj. 64, 68; þú skalt ekki láta í skorta at koma þeim í (málit) með þér, 271; hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðar-garða, make Thor come to G., Edda 60; hann kom Þorhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river, Þorst. Síðu H. 181; koma kaupi, to bring about a bargain, Gþl. 415; koma e-m í hel, to put one to death, Anal. 233; koma e-m til falls, to make one fall, Edda 34; koma e-m í sætt, Fs. 9; mun ek koma þér í sætt við konung, Eg. 227; hann kom sér í mikla kærleika við jarlinn, Nj. 268; koma sér í þjónustu, Fs. 84; koma sér vel, to put oneself in favour, be engaging; ek hefi komit mér vel hjá meyjum, Kormak; þeir komu sér vel við alla, Fas. iii. 529, Fs. 96, Nj. 66; koma sér ílla, to make oneself hated; það kemr sér ílla, it is ill seen, unpleasant; as also, það kemr sér vel, a thing is agreeable, acceptable; koma e-u til leiðar, to effect, make, Nj. 250, Eb. 118; koma e-u til vegar, id., Ld. 320; koma tölu á, to put, count on, count, number, Anal. 217; koma friði, sættum á, to bring peace, agreement about: hann kom þeim á flótta, he put them to flight, Fms. vii. 235; tóku þar allt er þeir kómu höndum á, all they could catch, ix. 473; koma e-m ór eldi, Fb. i. 300; tók hann merkit ok kom því (put it, hid it) í millum klæða sinna, Nj. 274: Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, 115; allt þat er bitið var ok blóði kom út á, where it was bitten so as to make blood flow, Fms. vii. 187.

II. with prepp.; koma e-u fram, to effect; koma fram ferð, máli, Nj. 102; til lítils þætti þat koma, en enginn kvæmi sínu máli fram þótt til alþingis væri stefnt, 149, Fb. ii. 90; þat skal aldri verða at hann komi þessu fram, Eg. 765; ef ek kem hefndum fram, Ld. 262; koma fram lögum við e-n. Eg. 722:—koma e-u á, to bring about, introduce:—koma e-u af, to abolish; þó fékk hann því ekki af komit, Bs. i. 165; koma e-u af sér, to get rid of, Fs. 96, Eb. 40, 41:—koma e-u fyrir, to arrange; koma e-m fyrir, to get a place for one; hann kom honum fyrir í skóla: to destroy (fyrir-koma), hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir, Glúm. 356:—koma e-u upp, to open; áðr ek kom henni upp, before I could open it, Fms. iii. 74; kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma ( open), nú fær hón upp komit hörpunni, Fas. i. 233; hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, it was long before he could speak, utter a word, Fms. vi. 234; sá svarar er mátti máli upp koma, vii. 288:—koma e-m undir, to overthrow one, get one down; varð at kenna afls-munar áðr hann kæmi honum undir, Eb. 172:—koma e-m undan, to make one escape. Fms. vii. 265, 623. 18:—ek ætla at koma mér útan, I think to go abroad, Nj. 261:—koma e-u við, to bring about, effect, to be able to do; ek mun veita þér slíkt sem ek má mér við koma, as I can, Nj.; þú munt öðru koma við en gabba oss, Anal. 77; hann kom því við ( brought about) at engi skyldi fara með vápn, Fms. vii. 240; ef váttum kvæmi við, in a case where witnesses were at hand, Íb. 12; liðit flýði allt þat er því kom við, all that could fled, Eg. 529; Guðmundr hafði almanna-lof hversu hann kom sér við ( how he behaved) þessum málum, Nj. 251; komi þeir til er því koma við, who can, Gþl. 371; menn skyldi tala hljótt ef því kæmi við, Sturl. iii. 147; ef því kemr við, if it is possible, Gþl. 429; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, Fb. ii. 187; ekki mun oss þetta duga, at hann komi boganum við, Nj. 96.

C. Reflex. komask, to come to the end, get through, reach, Lat. pervenire; the difference between the active and reflex. is seen from such phrases as, hann kemr ef hann kemst, he will come if he can; or, eg komst ekki á stað, I could not get off; eg komst ekki fyrir íllviðri, I could not come for bad weather; or, to come into a certain state, with the notion of chance, hap, komask í lífs háska, to come into danger of life; komask í skipreika, to be shipwrecked, and the like; Þorfinnr kom öngu hljóði í lúðrinn, ok komsk eigi upp blástrinn, Fms. ix. 30; komask á fætr, to get on one’s legs, Eg. 748; hann komsk við svá búit í ríki sitt, Hkr. i. 76; meina honum vötn eða veðr svá at hann má ekki komask til þess staðar, Grág. i. 496; hann komsk með sundi til lands, Eg. 261; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit fyrir þeim, Nj. 27; ef Gunnarr færi eigi utan ok mætti hann komask, 111; ef maðr byrgir mann inni í húsi, svá at hann má eigi út komask, so that he cannot get out, Grág. ii. 110; en allt fólk flýði með allt lausa-fé er með fékk komisk, with all the property they could carry with them, Fms. i. 153; ek komumk vel annar-staðar út, þótt hér gangi eigi, Nj. 202; komask á milli manna, to get oneself among people, intrude oneself, 168; komsk hann í mestu kærleika við konung, Eg. 12; komask at orði, to come by a word, to express oneself; einsog hann að orði komsk, passim.

II. with prepp.; komast á, to get into use; það komst á:—komask af, to get off, escape, save one’s life; hann bað menn duga svá at af kæmisk skipit, Fms. x. 98; tveir druknuðu, en hinir kómusk af:—komask at e-u, to get at a thing, procure; mörgum manns-öldrum síðarr komsk at bók þeirri Theodosius, Niðrst. 10; Hrani gat komisk at trúnaði margra ríkra manna, Fms. iv. 62; þú hefir at þessum peningum vel komisk, ‘tis money well gotten, i. 256; eigi skaltú ílla at komask, thou shall not get it unfairly, vii. 124:—komast eptir, to enquire into, get information of:—komask fyrir, to prevent, come in another’s way:—koma hjá e-u, to evade, pass by, escape doing:—komast til e-s, to come towards, and metaph. to have time for a thing, ek komst ekki til þess, I have no time; eg komst ekki til að fara:—komask undan, to escape; allt þat lið er undan komsk, Eg. 261; ekki manns barn komsk undan, Fms. xi. 387; komask undan á flótta, Eg. 11:—komask við, to be able; komusk þeir ekki í fyrstu við atlöguna, Fms. vii. 264; ef hann vill refsa údáða-mönnum, ok má þó við komask, N. G. L. i. 123; brenn allt ok bæl, sem þú mátt við komask, Fær. 64; ef ek viðr of kœmimk, Hbl. 33; þá er ek komumk við, Eg. 319; komask við veðri, to get abroad, Rd. 252; hann lét þat ekki við veðri komask, Fms. vii. 165: to be touched (við-kvæmni), hann komsk við mjök ok felldi tár, iii. 57; eða hann komisk við ( repent) ok hverfi aptr at íllsku sinni, Greg. 41; þá komsk mjök við inn válaði, svá at hann matti eigi lengi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, Fms. vi. 234; þá komsk hón við ákaflega mjök, Clem. 32; með við komnu hjarta, with a touched heart, Bs. i. 561, Karl. 166:—komask yfir e-t, to overcome, get hold of; er hann komsk yfir fét, Bárð. 175.

D. Part. kominn, in special phrases; inn komni maðr, a new comer, stranger, Gullþ. 47; at kominn, arrived; hinn aðkomni maðr, a guest; at kominn, just come to, on the brink of; kominn at andláti, at dauða, to be at the last gasp; var at komit, at …, it was on the point of happening, that …, Str. 8; vóru þeir mjök at komnir ( much exhausted) svá magrir vóru þeir, Fas. iii. 571:—heill kominn, hail! Blas. 42; vel kominn, welcome! vertu vel kominn! ver með oss vel kominn, Þiðr. 319, Fs. 158; hann bað þá vera vel komna, passim; so also, það er vel komið, ‘it is welcome,’ i. e. with great pleasure, granting a favour:—placed, ertu maðr sannorðr ok kominn nær frétt, Nj. 175; Pétri var svá nær komit, P. was so closely pursued, Fms. ix. 48; ok nú eigi allfjarri yðr komit, xi. 123; svá vel er sá uppsát komin, at …, ix. 368: situated, hann (the hospital) er kominn á fjall upp, is situated on a fell, Symb. 18; útsker þat er komit af þjóðleið, Eg. 369: metaph., vel, ílla kominn, well placed, in good, bad estate; ek þykjumk hér vel kominn; hann var vel til náms kominn, he was in a good place for learning, Bs. i. 153; þat fé er ílla komit er fólgit er í jörðu, Grett. 39 new Ed.; mér þykkir son minn hvergi betr kominn, methinks my son is nowhere better off, in better hands, Fms. vi. 5; lítt ertú nú kominn, Njarð. 376; þykkjumk ek hér vel kominn með þér, Nj. 258:—kominn af, or frá e-m, come of, descended from, Landn., Eb., passim:—kominn á sik vel, in a good state, accomplished, Orkn. 202; hverjum manni betr á sik kominn, Ld. 110; kominn á sik manna bezt, Ísl. ii. 203: vera á legg kominn, to be grown up, Fms. xi. 186; vera svá aldrs kominn, to be of such an age, Fs. 4, 13, Sturl. iii. 100, Fms. xi. 56; hér er allvel á komit, it suits well enough, Bs. i. 531: hann sagði henni hvar þá var komit, how matters stood, Nj. 271, Fms. ii. 152; hann undi vel við þar sem komit var, as it stood, in statu quo, Nj. 22; Sveinn segir honum sem komit var þessu máli, Fms. ii. 159; at svá komnu, as matters stand, Bs. i. 317; málum várum er komit í únýtt efni, Nj. 164, 190:—vera kominn til e-s, to be entitled to, have due to one; ef hann fengi þat er hann var eigi til kominn, Fms. x. 7; þeir er til einskis eru komnir, ix. 248; fá þeir margir af yðr sæmd mikla er til minna eru komnir, en hann, Eg. 111; þeim til sæmdar er til þess er kominn, Sks. 311, rétt komnir til konungdóms, rétt kominn til Noregs, right heir to the kingdom, to Norway, Fms. ix. 332; lézk Sigvaldi nú kominn til ráða við Astríði, xi. 104: fit for, entitled to, hann þótti vel til kominn at vera konungr yfir Danmörk, i. 65: shapen, þetta mál er svá til komit, vii. 130; sagðisk hann eigi verr til manns kominn en Sturla bróðir hans, Sturl.; eigi þóttusk þeir til minna vera komnir fyrir ættar sakir, entitled to less, Eb. 17.

II. part. pres. komandi, a new comer, stranger, Fbr. 168, Stj. 525: one to come, future generations, verandum ok viðr-komendum, N. G. L. i. 121; allir menn verandi ok eptir-komandi, D. I. i. 3; komendr, pl. guests, comers.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > KOMA
99 कृ

kṛi
1) Ved. cl. 2. P. 2. sg. kárshi du. kṛithás pl. kṛithá;

Ā. 2. sg. kṛishé;
impf. 2. andﾠ 3. sg. ákar, 3. sg. rarely ákat ṠBr. III, XI ;
3. du. ákartām;
pl. ákarma, ákarta ( alsoﾠ BhP. ix), ákran (aor., according to Pāṇ. 4-2, 80 Kāṡ.);
Ā. ákri RV. X, 159, 4 and 174, 4,
ákṛithās RV. V, 30, 8,
ákṛita ( RV.);
akrātām ( ṠāṇkhṠr.), ákrata ( RV. AV.):
Impv. kṛidhí ( alsoﾠ MBh. I, 5141 and BhP. VIII),
kṛitám, kṛitá;
Ā. kṛishvá, kṛidhvám;
Subj. 2. andﾠ 3. sg. kar pl. kárma, kárta andﾠ kartana, kran;
Ā. 3. sg. kṛita RV. IX, 69, 5,
3. pl. kránta RV. I, 141, 3:
Pot. kriyāma RV. X, 32, 9 ;
pr. p. P. (nom. pl.) krántas Ā. krāṇá. cl. 1. P. kárasi, kárati, kárathas, káratas, káranti;
Ā. kárase, kárate, kárāmahe:
impf. ákaram, ákaras, ákarat (aor., according to Pāṇ. 3-1, 59):
Impv. kára, káratam, káratām:
Subj. káram, kárāṇi, káras, kárat, kárāma, káran;
Ā. karāmahai;
pr. p. (f.) kárantī (Naigh.) III. cl. 5. P. kṛiṇómi, - ṇóshi, - ṇóti, kṛiṇuthás, kṛiṇmás andﾠ kṛiṇmasi, kṛiṇuthá, kṛiṇvánti;
Ā. kṛiṇvé, kṛiṇushé, kṛiṇuté, 3. du. kṛiṇvaíte RV. VI, 25, 4 ;
pl. kṛiṇmáhe, kṛiṇváte:
impf. ákṛiṇos, ákṛiṇot, ákṛiṇutam, ákṛiṇuta andﾠ - ṇotana RV. I, 110, 8,
ákṛiṇvan;
Ā. 3. sg. ákṛiṇuta pl. ákṛiṇudhvam, ákṛiṇvata:
Impv. kṛiṇú orﾠ kṛiṇuhí orﾠ kṛiṇutā́t, kṛiṇótu, kṛiṇutám, kṛiṇutā́m, 2. pl. kṛiṇutá orﾠ kṛiṇóta orﾠ kṛiṇótana, 3. pl. kṛiṇvántu;
Ā. kṛiṇushvá, kṛiṇutā́m, kṛiṇvā́thām, kṛiṇudhvám:
Subj. kṛiṇávas, - ṇávat orﾠ - ṇávāt, kṛiṇávāva, - ṇávāma, - ṇávātha, - ṇávatha, - ṇávan;
Ā. kṛiṇávai (once - ṇavā RV. X, 95, 2),
kṛiṇavase ( alsoﾠ ṠvetUp. II, 7 v.l. - ṇvase), kṛiṇavate, kṛiṇávāvahai, kṛiṇávāmahai, 3. pl. kṛiṇávanta ( RV.) orﾠ kṛiṇavante orﾠ kṛiṇvata ( RV.):
Pot. Ā. kṛiṇvītá;
pr. p. P. kṛiṇvát (f. -vatī́) Ā. kṛiṇvāṇá. IV) cl. 8. (this is the usual formation in the Brāhmaṇas;
Sūtras, andﾠ in classical Sanskṛit) P. karómi
(ep. kurmi MBh. III, 10943 R. II, 12, 33);
kurvás, kuruthás, kurutás, kurmás < kulmas in an interpolation after RV. X, 128 >,
kuruthá, kurvánti;
Ā. kurvé, etc., 3. pl. kurváte (Pāṇ. 6-4, 108-110):
impf. akaravam, akaros, akarot, akurva, etc.;
Ā. 3. sg. akuruta pl. akurvata:
Impv. kuru, karotu (in the earlier language 2. andﾠ 3. sg. kurutāt, 3. sg. alsoﾠ BhP. VI, 4, 34),
kuruta orﾠ kurutana Nir. IV, 7 ;
Ā. kurushva, kurudhvam, kurvátām:
Subj. karavāṇi, karavas, - vāt, - vāva orﾠ - vāvas (Pāṇ. 3-4, 98 Kāṡ.),
- vāma orﾠ - vāmas ( ib.), - vātha, - van;
Ā. karavai, kuruthās, karavāvahai ( TUp. ;
- he MBh. III, 10762),
karavaithe, - vaite (Pāṇ. 3-4, 95, Kāṡ),
- vāmahai (- he MBh. R. I, 18, 12):
Pot. P. kuryām Ā. kurvīya (Pāṇ. 6-4, 109 and 110) ;
pr. p. P. kurvát (f. -vatī́);
Ā. kurvāṇá:
perf. P. cakā́ra, cakártha, cakṛivá, cakṛimá, cakrá (Pāṇ. 7-2, 13) ;
Ā. cakré, cakriré;
p. cakṛivas (acc. cakrúsham RV. X, 137, 1);
Ā. cakrāṇa ( Vop.): 2nd fut. karishyáti;
Subj. 2. sg. karishyā́s RV. IV, 30, 23 ; 1st fut. kártā:
Prec. kriyāsam:
aor. P. Ved. cakaram RV. IV, 42, 6,
acakrat RV. IV, 18, 12, ácakriran RV. VIII, 6, 20 ;
Ā. 1. sg. kṛiske RV. X, 49, 7 ;
Class. akārshīt Pāṇ. 7-2, 1 Kāṡ. ;
(once akārashīt BhP. I, 10, 1);
Pass. aor. reflex. akāri andﾠ akṛita (Pāṇ. 3-1, 62 Kāṡ.):
Inf. kártum, Ved. kártave, kártavaí, kártos ( seeﾠ ss.vv.);
ind. p. kṛitvā́, Ved. kṛitvī́ < RV. > andﾠ kṛitvā́ya TS. IV, V ;
to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake RV. etc.;
to do anything for the advantage orﾠ injury of another (gen. orﾠ loc.) MBh. R. etc.;
to execute, carry out (as an order orﾠ command) ib. ;
to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build ib. ;
to form orﾠ construct one thing out of another (abl. orﾠ instr.) R. I, 2, 44 Hit. etc.. ;
to employ, use, make use of (instr.) ṠvetUp. Mn. X, 91 MBh. etc.. ;
to compose, describe R. I ;
to cultivate Yājñ. II, 158 (cf. Mn. X, 114);
to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend
(e.g.. varshāṇidaṡacakruḥ, « they spent ten years» MBh. XV, 6 ;
kshaṇaṉkuru, « wait a moment» MBh. ;
cf. kritakshaṇa);
to place, put, lay, bring, lead, take hold of (acc. orﾠ loc. orﾠ instr. e.g.. ardháṉ-kṛi, to take to one's own side orﾠ party, cause to share in (gen.;
seeﾠ 2. ardhá);
haste orﾠ pāṇau-kṛi, to take by the hand, marry Pāṇ. 1-4, 77 ;
hṛidayena-kṛi, to place in one's heart, love Mṛicch. ;
hṛidi-kṛi, to take to heart, mind, think over, consider Rājat. V, 313 ;
manasi-kṛi id. R. II, 64, 8 Hcar. ;
to determine, purpose <ind. p. - sikṛitvā orﾠ - si-kṛitya> Pāṇ. 1-4, 75 ;
vaṡe-kṛi, to place in subjection, become master of Mn. II, 100);
to direct the thoughts, mind, etc. ( mánas RV. Mn. MBh. etc.. ;
orﾠ buddhim Nal. XXVI, 10 orﾠ matim MBh. R. orﾠ bhāvam < ib. >, etc.)
towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on
(loc. dat. inf., orﾠ a sentence with iti e.g.. māṡokemanaḥkṛithāḥ,
do not turn your mind to grief Nal. XIV, 22 ;
gamanāyamatiṉcakre, he resolved upon going R. I, 9, 55 ;
alābuṉsamutsrashṭuṉmanaṡcakre, he resolved to create a gourd MBh. III, 8844 ;
drashṭātavâ̱smî ̱timatiṉcakāra, he determined to seeﾠ him MBh. III, 12335);
to think of (acc.) R. I, 21, 14 ;
to make, render (with two acc. e.g.. ādityaṉkāshṭhāmakurvata, they made the sun their goal AitBr. IV, 7) RV. ṠBr. etc.;
to procure for another, bestow, grant (with gen. orﾠ loc.) RV. VS. ṠBr. etc.. ;
Ā. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume ṠBr. BṛĀrUp. Mn. VII, 10 etc.. ;
to give aid, help any one to get anything (dat.) RV. VS. ;
to make liable to (dat.) RV. III, 41, 6 ṠBr. IV ;
to injure, violate (e.g.. kanyāṉ-kṛi, to violate a maiden) Mn. VIII, 367 and 369 ;
to appoint, institute ChUp. Mn. ;
to give an order, commission Mn. R. II, 2, 8 ;
to cause to get rid of, free from (abl. orﾠ - tas) Pāṇ. 5-4, 49 Kāṡ. ;
to begin (e.g.. cakreṡobhayitumpurīm, they began to adorn the city) R. II, 6, 10 ;
to proceed, act, put in practice VS. ṠBr. AitBr. etc.;
to worship, sacrifice RV. ṠBr. Mn. III, 210 ;
to make a sound ( svaram orﾠ ṡabdam) MBh. III, 11718 Pāṇ. 4-4, 34 Hit.),
utter, pronounce (often ifc. with the sounds phaṭ, phut, bhāṇ, váshaṭ, svadhā́, svā́hā, hiṉ), pronounce any formula (Mn. II, 74 and XI, 33) ;
(with numeral adverbs ending in dhā) to divide, separate orﾠ break up into parts (e.g.. dvidhā-kṛi, to divide into two parts, ind. p. dvidhākṛitvā orﾠ dvidhā-kṛitya orﾠ - kāram Pāṇ. 3-4, 62 ;
sahasradhā-kṛi, to break into a thousand pieces);
(with adverbs ending in vat) to make like orﾠ similar, consider equivalent (e.g.. rājyaṉtṛiṇa-vatkṛitvā, valuing the kingdom like a straw Vet.);
(with adverbs ending in sāt)
to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject
( seeﾠ ātma-sāt, bhasma-sāt) Pāṇ. 5-4, 52ff. ;
The above senses of kṛi may be variously modified orﾠ almost infinitely extended according to the noun with which this root is connected, as in the following examples:
sakhyaṉ-kṛi, to contract friendship with;
pūjāṉ-kṛi, to honour;
rājyaṉ-kṛi, to reign;
snehaṉ-kṛi, to show affection;
ājñāṉ orﾠ nideṡaṉ orﾠ ṡāsanaṉ orﾠ kāmaṉ orﾠ yācanāṉ orﾠ vacaḥ orﾠ vacanaṉ orﾠ vākyaṉ-kṛi, to perform any one's command orﾠ wish orﾠ request etc.;
dharmaṉ-kṛi, to do one's duty Mn. VII, 136 ;
nakhāni-kṛi, « to clean one's nails» seeﾠ kṛita-nakha;
udakaṉ Mn. Yājñ. R. Daṡ. orﾠ salilaṉ R. I, 44, 49 kṛi, to offer a libation of Water to the dead;
to perform ablutions;
astrāṇi-kṛi, to practise the use of weapons MBh. III, 11824 ;
darduraṉ-kṛi, to breathe the flute Pāṇ. 4-4, 34 ;
daṇḍaṉ-kṛi, to inflict punishment etc. Vet. ;
kālaṉ-kṛi, to bring one's time to an end i.e. to die;
ciraṉ-kṛi, to be long in doing anything, delay;
manasā (for - si seeﾠ above) kṛi, to place in one's mind, think of, meditate MBh. ;
ṡirasā-kṛi, to place on one's the head;
mūrdhnā-kṛi, to place on one's head, obey, honour
Very rarely in Veda AV. XVIII, 2, 27,
but commonly in the Brāhmaṇas, Sūtras,
andﾠ especially in classical Sanskṛit the perf.
forms cakāra andﾠ cakre auxiliarily used to form the periphrastical perfect of verbs, especially of causatives e.g.. āsāṉcakre, « he sat down» ;
gamayā́ṉcakāra, « he caused to go» < seeﾠ Pāṇ. 3-1, 40 ;
in Veda some other forms of kṛi are used in a similar way, viz. pr. karoti ṠāṇkhṠr. ;
impf. akar MaitrS. and Kāṭh. ;
3. pl. akran MaitrS. and TBr. ;
Prec. kriyāt MaitrS. ( seeﾠ Pāṇ. 3-1, 42);
according to Pāṇ. 3-1, 41, alsoﾠ karotu with vid>
Caus. kārayati, - te,
to cause to act orﾠ do, cause another to perform, have anything made orﾠ done by another
(double acc. instr. andﾠ acc. < seeﾠ Pāṇ. 1-4, 53 >
e.g.. sabhāṉkāritavān, he caused an assembly to be made Hit. ;
rāja-darṡanaṉmāṉkāraya, cause me to have an audience of the king;
vāṇijyaṉkārayedvaiṡyam, he ought to cause the Vaiṡya to engage in trade Mn. VIII, 410 ;
naṡakshyāmikiṉcitkārayituṉtvayā, I shall not be able to have anything done by thee MBh. II, 6);
to cause to manufacture orﾠ form orﾠ cultivate Lāṭy. Yājñ. II, 158 MBh. etc.. ;
to cause to place orﾠ put, have anything placed, put upon, etc.
(e.g.. taṉcitrapaṭaṉvāsa-gṛihebhittāvakārayat,
he had the picture placed on the wall in his house Kathās. V, 30) Mn. VIII, 251. ;
Sometimes the Caus. of kṛi is used for the simple verb orﾠ without a causal signification
(e.g.. padaṉkārayati, he pronounces a word Pāṇ. 1-3, 71 Kāṡ. ;
mithyāk-, he pronounces wrongly ib. ;
kaikeyīmanurājānaṉkāraya, treat orﾠ deal with Kaikeyī as the king does R. II, 58, 16):
Desid. cíkīrshati (aor. 2. sg. acikīrshīs ṠBr. III), ep. alsoﾠ - te, to wish to make orﾠ do, intend to do, design, intend, begin, strive after AV. XII, 4, 19 ṠBr. KātyṠr. Mn. etc.. ;
to wish to sacrifice orﾠ worship AV. V, 8, 3:
Intens. 3. pl. karikrati (pr. p. kárikrat seeﾠ Naigh. II, 1 and Pāṇ. 7-4, 65),
to do repeatedly RV. AV. TS. ;
Class. carkarti orﾠ carikarti orﾠ carīkarti Pāṇ. 7-4, 92 Kāṡ.,
alsoﾠ carkarīti orﾠ carikarīti orﾠ carīkarīti orﾠ cekrīyate < ib. Sch. Vop. >;
+ cf. Hib. caraim, « I perform, execute» ;
ceard, « an art, trade, business, function» ;
sucridh, « easy» ;
Old Germ. karawan, « to prepare» ;
Mod. Germ. gar, « prepared (as food)» ;
Lat. creo, ceremonia;
κραίνω, κρόνος
2) cl. 3. P. p. cakrát (Pot. 2. sg. cakriyās;
aor. 1. sg. akārsham AV. VII, 7, 1 orﾠ akārisham RV. IV, 39, 6),
to make mention of, praise, speak highly of (gen.) RV. AV.:
Intens. (1. sg. carkarmi, 1. pl. carkirāma, 3. pl. carkiran;
Impv. 2. sg. carkṛitā́t andﾠ carkṛidhi;
aor. 3. sg. Ā. cárkṛishe) id. RV. AV. (cf. kārú, kīrí, kīrtí.)
3) to injure, etc. seeﾠ 2. kṛī
to make the sound kharaṭa Pāṇ. 5-4, 57 Kāṡ. ;
P. - karoti, to make straight ib.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > कृ
100 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

whatever is placed upon the land belongs to the land — A maxim subject to exceptions, as in the case of something affixed by a tenant. King v Morris, 74 NIL 810, 68 A 162 … Ballentine's law dictionary
Placed — Place Place, v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Placed}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Placing}.] [Cf. F. placer. See {Place}, n.] 1. To assign a place to; to put in a particular spot or place, or in a certain relative position; to direct to a particular place; to fix; to… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Upon condition — Condition Con*di tion, n. [F., fr. L. conditio (better condicio) agreement, compact, condition; con + a root signifying to show, point out, akin to dicere to say, dicare to proclaim, dedicate. See {Teach}, {Token}.] 1. Mode or state of being;… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Once Upon a Time...When We Were Colored — is a film directed by Tim Reid and the screenplay was written by Paul W. Cooper. The film is based on Clifton Taulbert’s real life and his nonfiction book, Once Upon A Time When We Were Colored. The film plays out Taulbert’s life. The film… … Wikipedia
cast a reflection upon — placed a slur upon, blemished (a character or reputation) … English contemporary dictionary
Once Upon a Time in the West — For other uses, see Once Upon a Time in the West (disambiguation). Once Upon a Time in the West (C era una volta il West) Theatrical film poster by Frank McCarthy … Wikipedia
Kingston upon Hull — City of Kingston upon Hull City and Unitary Authority area The Queen s Gardens, Maritime Museum, and City Hall (rear) in Kingston upon Hull … Wikipedia
Newcastle upon Tyne — This article is about the English city. For other uses, see Newcastle. Coordinates: 54°58.440′N 1°36.792′W / 54.974°N 1.6132°W / 54.974; 1 … Wikipedia
Once Upon a Time (TV series) — Once Upon a Time Once Upon a Time intertitle Format Fantasy Drama Created by Edward Kitsis Adam Horow … Wikipedia
Once Upon a Time in China — Traditional 黃飛鴻 Simplified 黄飞鸿 … Wikipedia
Once Upon a Mattress — For the Glee episode also known as Mattress or Once Upon A Mattress , see Mattress (Glee). Once Upon A Mattress Original Cast Recording Music Mary Rodgers Lyrics … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

placed+upon

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

placed+upon

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: